Toyota - RAV 4 - Owners Manual - 2009 - 2009

412xxxM1.qxd 7/31/08 1:40 PM Page 1 2009 Quick Reference Guide I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 412xxxM1.qxd 7/31/08 1:40 PM Page 2 2009 RAV4 This Quick Reference Guide is a summary of basic vehicle operations. It contains brief descriptions of fundamental operations so you can locate and use the vehicle’s main equipment quickly and easily. The Quick Reference Guide is not intended as a substitute for the Owner’s Manual located in the vehicle’s glove box. We strongly encourage you to review the Owner’s Manual and supplementary manuals so you will have a better understanding of the vehicle’s capabilities and limitations. Your dealership and the entire staff of Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. wish you many years of satisfied driving in your new RAV4. ! A word about safe vehicle operations This Quick Reference Guide is not a full description of RAV4 operations. Every RAV4 owner should review the Owner’s Manual that accompanies this vehicle. Pay special attention to the boxed information highlighted in color throughout the Owner’s Manual. Each box contains safe operating instructions to help you avoid injury or equipment malfunction. All information in this Quick Reference Guide is current at the time of printing. Toyota reserves the right to make changes at any time without notice. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:35 PM Page 1 INDEX FEATURES/OPERATIONS Active torque control 4WD (4WD models) 11 Air Conditioning/Heating 18-19 Audio 20-21 Automatic Transmission 10 Clock 19 Cruise control 23 Door locks 16 Downhill Assist Control system (DAC) 22 Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) 23 Light control-Instrument panel 19 Lights & turn signals 14 Moonroof 16 Parking brake 10 Power outlets-12V DC 22 Power outlets-120V AC 22 Seat adjustments-Front 12 Seat adjustments-Second row seats 12 Seat heaters 18 Seats-Head restraints 11 Seats-Folding down second row seats 13 Seats-Stowing third row seats 13 Telephone controls (Bluetooth®) 17 Tilt and telescopic steering wheel 17 VSC OFF button 16 Windows 15 Windshield wipers & washers 15 SAFETY AND * Visit your Toyota dealer for information on customizing this feature. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 1 24 24 24 25 24 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES EMERGENCY FEATURES Doors-Child safety locks Seat belts Seat belts-Shoulder belt anchor Spare tire & tools Tire Pressure Monitoring (warning) System 9 8 8 4-5 4 2-3 6 7 FEATURES/OPERATIONS Engine maintenance Fuel tank door release and cap Hood release Indicator symbols Instrument cluster Instrument panel Keyless entry* Smart Key system* OVERVIEW OVERVIEW 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:35 PM Page 2 OVERVIEW Instrument panel Steering wheel controls Without telephone controls With telephone controls Steering wheel audio controls1 Telephone controls1 Multi-information display switch Speech command button1 Cruise control Headlight, turn signal and front fog light1 control Wiper and washer controls Four-wheel drive lock switch (4WD models) Audio system/Navigation system1,2 Emergency flasher switch Air Conditioning controls “ENGINE START STOP” button (Smart Key)1 Engine immobilizer indicator Front passenger seat belt reminder light Clock and Air Conditioning display I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 2 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:35 PM Page 3 OVERVIEW With manual Air Conditioning system With automatic Air Conditioning system FEATURES/OPERATIONS 1 2 If equipped Vehicles with navigation system: for details, refer to the “Navigation System Owner’s Manual.” I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 3 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES Front passenger occupant classification indicator Rear window and outside rearview mirror defogger switch1 12V DC Power outlet Seat heater switch1 VSC OFF switch Engine switch (standard key) Tilt and telescopic steering release Downhill Assist Control switch1 120V AC Power outlet ON/OFF switch1 Instrument panel light control 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:36 PM Page 4 OVERVIEW Instrument cluster Tachometer Service indicator and reminder Speedometer Engine coolant temperature Fuel gauge Odometer, two trip meters and trip information display Trip meter reset knob Indicator symbols Brake system warning1 Driver/Front passenger seat belt reminder (alarm will sound if speed is over 12 mph) Charging system warning1 Low engine oil pressure warning1 Malfunction/Check Engine indicator1 Low fuel level warning Engine oil replacement reminder1 Open door warning 1 2 If indicator does not turn off within a few seconds of starting engine, there may be a malfunction. Have vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. For details, refer to “Four-wheel drive lock switch,” Section 2-4, 2009 Owner’s Manual. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 4 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:36 PM Page 5 Airbag SRS warning1 Low Tire Pressure Warning1 OVERVIEW Automatic Transmission fluid temperature warning1 4WD warning1 Electric power steering system warning1 Low windshield washer fluid level warning Front passenger occupant classification indicator1 Headlight low/high beam indicator Turn signal indicator Front fog light indicator Automatic Transmission indicator (5-speed) Four-wheel drive lock indicator1,2 Vehicle Stability Control OFF indicator1 FEATURES/OPERATIONS Automatic Transmission indicator (4-speed) Slip indicator/Hill-start Assist Control indicator/Downhill Assist Control indicator1 AUTO Limited Slip Differential indicator1 Downhill Assist Control indicator1 Cruise control indicator3 Anti-lock Brake System warning1 Traction Control OFF indicator1 3 If this light flashes, refer to “Cruise control,” Section 2-4, 2009 Owner’s Manual. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 5 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES Smart Key system warning 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:36 PM Page 6 OVERVIEW Keyless entry Beep sound can be switched ON or OFF. Refer to the Owner’s Manual for more details. Locking operation Without Smart Key system With Smart Key system Push Unlocking operation Without Smart Key system With Smart Key system Push ONCE: Driver door TWICE: All doors NOTE: If a door is not opened within 60 seconds of unlocking, all doors will relock for safety. Panic button Push and hold I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 6 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:36 PM Page 7 Smart Key system* (if equipped) Start function Depress brake pedal Carrying OVERVIEW Green indicator ON Push NOTE: Gear shift lever must be in Park and brake pedal depressed. Power (without starting engine) Without depressing the brake pedal, pressing the “ENGINE START STOP” switch will change the operation mode in succession from: ACCESSORY Accessories such as the radio will operate. OFF Power ON; the engine not running. All systems OFF. Locking operation Unlocking operation FEATURES/OPERATIONS ON Front door unlock* Front door lock Grasp Push Carry remote to lock/unlock Carry remote to lock/unlock Back door lock/unlock Carry remote to lock/unlock Grasp * Driver door unlocking function can be programmed to unlock driver door only, or all doors. Grasping passenger door handle will unlock all doors. NOTE: Doors may also be locked/unlocked using remote. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 7 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES Push 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:36 PM Page 8 OVERVIEW Fuel tank door release and cap Driver seat Turn Pull up Store NOTE: Tighten until one click is heard. If the cap is not tightened enough, Check Engine “ ” indicator may illuminate. Hood release Pull up latch and raise hood Pull Engage support rod I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 8 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:36 PM Page 9 Engine maintenance 4 cylinder (2AR-FE) engine OVERVIEW 6 cylinder (2GR-FE) engine FEATURES/OPERATIONS Note: Regularly scheduled maintenance, including oil changes, will help extend the life of your vehicle and maintain performance. Please refer to the “Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet,” “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement.” I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 9 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil filler cap Engine oil level dipstick Windshield and back window washer fluid tank 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:36 PM Page 10 FEATURES/OPERATIONS Automatic Transmission 4-speed models Park* Reverse Neutral Drive Third gear Second gear First gear 5-speed models Park* Reverse Neutral Drive Fourth gear Third gear Second gear First gear * The “ENGINE START STOP” switch/engine must be “ON” and the brake pedal depressed to shift from Park. Downshifting increases power going uphill, or provides engine braking downhill. For best fuel economy during normal driving conditions, always drive with the shift lever in the “D” position. Parking brake Set Release Pull (2) Push (3) Lower I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 10 (1) Pull slightly 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:36 PM Page 11 Active torque control 4WD Auto lock functions (4WD models) OVERVIEW Four-wheel drive lock switch Push the switch to ensure that the engine torque is applied to the four wheels. NOTE: Should ONLY be used when wheel spinning occurs on loose or unpaved surfaces. Refer to the Owner’s Manual for more details. Front seats Second row seats Lock release button FEATURES/OPERATIONS Seats-Head restraints Lock release button Third row seats (if equipped) I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 11 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES Lock release button 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:36 PM Page 12 FEATURES/OPERATIONS Seat adjustments-Front Power seat Manual seat Seat position (forward/backward) Height crank (driver side only) Seatback angle Driver seat: seat position, cushion angle and height Passenger seat: seat position only Seatback angle Lumbar support Seat adjustments-Second row seats Vehicles without third row seats Vehicles with third row seats Seat position (forward/backward) Seatback angle Seatback lock release I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 12 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:36 PM Page 13 Seats-Folding down second row seats From inside (3) Pull down OVERVIEW (2) Lower (1) Push From outside (vehicles without third row seats) FEATURES/OPERATIONS Seats-Stowing third row seats (if equipped) (2) Lower (4) Fold down (3) Pull (1) Push (5) Pull up (8) Push to lock in (7) Push down (9) Push to lock in I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 13 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES (6) Lift up 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:36 PM Page 14 FEATURES/OPERATIONS Lights & turn signals Headlights Auto (if equipped) Headlights Parking lights High beam flasher Low beam High beam -Daytime Running Light system (DRL) (if equipped) Automatically turns on the headlights at a reduced intensity. -Automatic light cut off system Will automatically turn lights off after a delay of 30 seconds. Turn signals Right turn Lane change Lane change Left turn Front fog lights (if equipped) Turn Front fog lights come on only when the headlights are on low beam. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 14 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:36 PM Page 15 Windshield wipers & washers Front OVERVIEW Single wipe Adjust frequency* Interval wipe Slow Pull to wash and wipe Fast * Intermittent windshield wiper frequency adjustment Rotate to increase/decrease wipe frequency. Rear Wash and wipe Wipe Interval wipe Windows FEATURES/OPERATIONS Wash and wipe Driver side Up Windows lock switch Down Window lock switch Deactivates all passenger windows. Driver’s window remains operable. NOTE: If the battery is disconnected, the window needs to be reinitialized. Refer to the Owner’s Manual for more details. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 15 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES Automatic operation (driver side only) Push the switch completely down or pull it completely up and release to fully open or close. To stop window midway, lightly push the switch in the opposite direction. 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:36 PM Page 16 FEATURES/OPERATIONS Moonroof (if equipped) Sliding operation Push once to open partway; again to open completely. Open Recommended driving position to minimize wind noise Close Tilting operation Close Tilt NOTE: If battery is disconnected, the moonroof needs to be reinitialized. Refer to the Owner’s Manual for more details. Door locks Unlock Lock VSC OFF button VSC OFF button The VSC OFF button is used to switch between modes related to the TRAC, VSC and Auto LSD functions (2WD models.) Refer to Section 2-4 of the Owner’s Manual for more information. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 16 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:36 PM Page 17 Telephone controls (Bluetooth®) (if equipped) OVERVIEW Audio unit Microphone Steering wheel telephone switches FEATURES/OPERATIONS End call Volume Start call Voice command button Bluetooth® technology allows dialing or receipt of calls without taking hands from the steering wheel or using a cable to connect the compatible telephone and the system. Refer to “Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone),” Section 3-3 in the Owner’s Manual for more details. Tilt and telescopic steering wheel Length Hold wheel, push lever down, set angle and length, and return lever. NOTE: Do not attempt to adjust while the vehicle is in motion. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 17 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES Angle Lock release lever 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:36 PM Page 18 FEATURES/OPERATIONS Seat heaters (if equipped) Left front seat Right front seat Air Conditioning/Heating Automatic Air Conditioning Temperature selector (driver side) Fresh or recirculated cabin air Airflow vent In “ ” mode, use fresh air (“ ” indicator OFF) to reduce window fogging. “ ” mode uses fresh air only. Air Conditioning ON/OFF “DUAL” button Indicator ON: Separate temperature settings for driver and passenger. Indicator OFF: Synchronize temperature settings for driver and passenger. Temperature selector (front passenger side) Micro dust and pollen filter ON/OFF Rear defogger Fan speed Climate control OFF Automatic climate control ON Adjust the temperature setting, and airflow vents and fan will adjust automatically. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 18 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:36 PM Page 19 Manual Air Conditioning OVERVIEW Clock FEATURES/OPERATIONS Airflow vent “ ” or “ ” mode uses fresh air only (“ ” indicator “OFF”) to reduce window fogging. Fan speed Temperature selector Air Conditioning ON/OFF Use for quick cooling. MAX A/C changes air intake to recirculate. It is not possible to change intake to fresh, or to turn A/C OFF in this mode. Rear defogger Fresh or recirculated cabin air Automatic Air Conditioning system Manual Air Conditioning system H- Hour set M- Minute set :00- Round off minutes + Brightness control With the dial turned fully up, instrument panel lights will not dim when the headlights are turned ON. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 19 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES Light control-Instrument panel 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:36 PM Page 20 FEATURES/OPERATIONS Audio Type 1 Preset buttons - functions in other modes indicated above number. Push to turn ON/OFF Push to adjust tone & balance Eject CD Push to skip up/down folder Seek station/ CD track select Station/CD track scan Mode View CD text Type 2 additional functions Load CD(s) View genre/Push to skip up/down folder AM/Satellite radio Type 2 (with JBL speakers) CD PLAYER To scan tracks on a disc Push “SCAN.” Push again to hold selection. CD Changer (Type 2) -To load one disc Push “LOAD” and insert one disc. -To load multiple discs Push and hold “LOAD” until you hear a beep. Insert one disc. Wait until the green indicator illuminates and shutter opens to insert next disc. To select a file (MP3/WMA only) Turn “TUNE.FILE.” To select a folder (MP3/WMA only) Push either side of “TYPE/FOLDER.” I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 20 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:36 PM Page 21 RADIO OVERVIEW To preset stations Tune in the desired station and hold down a preset button (1-6) until you hear a beep. Push desired preset button (1-6) to select. To scan stations Push “SCAN.” Push and hold to scan preset stations. Push again to hold selection. Steering wheel controls (if equipped) Volume control > AUX audio jack I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 21 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES By inserting a mini plug into the AUX audio jack, you can listen to music from a portable audio device through the vehicle’s speaker system while in AUX mode. FEATURES/OPERATIONS > “MODE” Push to turn audio ON and select an audio mode. Push and hold to turn the audio OFF. “ ” -In radio mode Push to select a preset station; push and hold to seek the next strong station. -In CD mode Push to skip up or down to next/previous track. 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:36 PM Page 22 FEATURES/OPERATIONS Power outlets-12V DC Inside center console Instrument panel Luggage compartment NOTE: Designed for car accessories. Engine switch/“ENGINE START STOP” switch must be in the “ACC” or “ON” position to be used. Power outlets-120V AC (if equipped) ON/OFF switch Push Rear console NOTE: Engine switch/“ENGINE START STOP” switch must be in the “ON” position to be used. Downhill Assist Control system (DAC) DAC helps the vehicle to descend steep hills while maintaining a low speed without brake pedal operation. Press the “DAC” button (indicator will blink). Shift into L or R to activate (indicator will be solid). Pressing the button again will turn system off. Refer to the Owner’s Manual for more details. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 22 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:36 PM Page 23 Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) (if equipped) OVERVIEW Brake pedal HAC helps prevent rolling backwards on an incline. To engage, push further down on brake pedal while at a complete stop until a beep sounds and slip indicator illuminates. HAC holds for approximately 2 seconds after releasing brake pedal. Refer to the Owner’s Manual for more details. FEATURES/OPERATIONS Cruise control Turning system ON/OFF System ON/OFF Functions Cancel1 Set/Decrease speed 1 2 The set speed may also be cancelled by depressing the brake pedal. The set speed may be resumed once vehicle speed exceeds 25 mph. Refer to the Owner’s Manual for more details. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 23 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES Resume2/Increase speed 412xxxM2.qxd 7/31/08 1:36 PM Page 24 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES Doors-Child safety locks Rear door Moving the lever to “LOCK” will allow the door to be opened only from the outside. Seat belts Take up slack Too high Keep as low on hips as possible If belt is fully extended, then retracted even slightly, it cannot be re-extended beyond that point, unless fully retracted again. This feature is used to help hold child restraint systems securely. To find more information about seat belts, and how to install a child restraint system, refer to the Owner’s Manual. Seat belts-Shoulder belt anchor Down Up Push up or squeeze lock release to lower Tire Pressure Monitoring (warning) System If tire pressure becomes critically low on any of the tires (including the spare), indicator light will come on. Correctly adjusting tire inflation will turn off the light after a few minutes. If the light does not turn off, have the system checked by your Toyota dealer. Refer to the Owner’s Manual for more details. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 24 412xxxM1.qxd 7/31/08 1:40 PM Page 3 Spare tire (if equipped) & tools Tool location OVERVIEW Luggage compartment Inside right side box Luggage compartment Inside left side box Jack Tool bag Removing the spare tire (1) FEATURES/OPERATIONS (2) Refer to the Owner’s Manual for tire changing and jack positioning procedures. * If equipped I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 25 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES (1) To remove the spare tire cover,* open the back door. Unhook the latch on the bottom of the cover. Remove the cover and close the back door. (2) To remove the spare tire, turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench and remove. 412xxxM1.qxd 7/31/08 1:40 PM Page 4 MN 00505-QRG09-RAV4 Printed in the USA 8/08 I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 500 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Abbreviation list Abbreviation/Acronym list ABBREVIATIONS 2WD 2 Wheel Drive 4WD 4 Wheel Drive ABS Anti-lock Brake System ACC Accessory ALR Automatic Locking Retractor AUTO LSD Average CRS Child Restraint System DAC Downhill Assist Control DISP Display ECU Electronic Control Unit EDR Event Data Recorder ELR Emergency Locking Retractor EPS Electric Power Steering GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating LATCH Emission Inspection and Maintenance Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LED Light Emitting Diode MMT Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl M+S Mud and Snow MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether OBD On Board Diagnostics RFT Run-Flat Tire SRS Supplemental Restraint System TIN Tire Identification Number TPMS RAV4_U Automatic Limited Slip Differential AVG I/M 500 MEANING Tire Pressure Warning System I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 501 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Abbreviation list ABBREVIATIONS TRAC MEANING Traction control VIN Vehicle Identification Number VSC Vehicle Stability Control I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 501 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 18 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM For your information Main Owner’s Manual Please note that this manual covers all models and all equipment, including options. Therefore, you may find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle. All specifications provided in this manual are current at the time of printing. However, because of the Toyota policy of continual product improvement, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice. Depending on specifications, the vehicle shown in the illustrations may differ from your vehicle in terms of equipment. Noise from under vehicle after turning off the engine Approximately five hours after the engine is turned off, you may hear sound coming from under the vehicle for several minutes. This is the sound of a fuel evaporation leakage check and, it does not indicate a malfunction. Accessories, spare parts and modification of your Toyota A wide variety of non-genuine spare parts and accessories for Toyota vehicles are currently available on the market. You should know that these parts are not covered by Toyota warranty and that Toyota is not responsible for their performance, repair, or replacement, or for any damage they may cause to, or adverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle. This vehicle should not be modified with non-genuine Toyota products. Modification with non-genuine Toyota products may affect performance, safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from the modification may not be covered under warranty. 18 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 19 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Installation of a mobile two-way radio system As the installation of a mobile two-way radio system in your vehicle may affect electronic systems such as the multi-port fuel injection system/sequential multi-port fuel injection system, cruise control system, anti-lock brake system, SRS airbag system or seat belt pretensioner system, be sure to check with your Toyota dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions regarding installation. Scrapping of your Toyota The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your Toyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is scrapped with the airbags and seat belt pretensioners left as they are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be sure to have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner removed and disposed of by a qualified service shop or by your Toyota dealer before you scrap your vehicle. Perchlorate Material Special handling may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. Your vehicle has components that may contain perchlorate. These components may include airbag, seat belt pretensioners, and wireless remote control batteries. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 19 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 20 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM CAUTION n General precautions while driving Driving under the influence: Never drive your vehicle when under the influence of alcohol or drugs that have impaired your ability to operate your vehicle. Alcohol and certain drugs delay reaction time, impair judgment and reduce coordination, which could lead to an accident that could result in death or serious injury. Defensive driving: Always drive defensively. Anticipate mistakes that other drivers or pedestrians might make and be ready to avoid accidents. Driver distraction: Always give your full attention to driving. Anything that distracts the driver, such as adjusting controls, talking on a cellular phone or reading can result in a collision with resulting death or serious injury to you, your occupants or others. n General precaution regarding children’s safety Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to have or use the key. Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral. There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with the windows, the moon roof, or other features of the vehicle. In addition, heat build-up or extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal to children. 20 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 21 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Symbols used throughout this manual Cautions & Notices CAUTION This is a warning against anything which may cause death or injury to people if the warning is ignored. You are informed about what you must or must not do in order to reduce the risk of injury to yourself and others. NOTICE This is a warning against anything which may cause damage to the vehicle or its equipment if the warning is ignored. You are informed about what you must or must not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk of damage to your Toyota and its equipment. Symbols used in illustrations Safety symbol The symbol of a circle with a slash through it means “Do not”, “Do not do this”, or “Do not let this happen”. Arrows indicating operations Indicates the action (pushing, turning, etc.) used to operate switches and other devices. Indicates the outcome of an operation (e.g. a lid opens). I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 21 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 22 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 22 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 1 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Before driving Adjusting and operating features such as door locks, mirrors, and steering column. 2 When driving Driving, stopping and safe-driving information. 3 Interior features Air conditioning and audio systems, as well as other interior features for a comfortable driving experience. 4 Maintenance and care Cleaning and protecting your vehicle, performing do-ityourself maintenance, and maintenance information. 5 When trouble arises What to do if the vehicle needs to be towed, gets a flat tire, or is involved in an accident. 6 Vehicle specifications Detailed vehicle information. 7 For owners Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners and seat belt instructions for Canadian owners Index Alphabetical listing of information contained in this manual. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 1 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 6 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Pictorial index Exterior Headlights (low beam) P. 165 Moon roof ∗ P. 85 Headlights (high beam) P. 165 Outside rear view mirrors P. 80 Hood P. 348 Turn signal lights ∗ P. 153 Front turn signal/parking and front side marker lights P. 153, 165 Windshield wipers P. 169 Front fog lights ∗ P. 168 6 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 7 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM With spare tire Spare tire P. 434 Roof luggage carrier ∗ P. 198 License plate light Side doors P. 42 P. 165 Rear window defogger P. 233 Rear window wiper P. 169 Fuel filler door P. 88 Tires l Rotation l Replacement l Inflation pressure l Information Back door P. 368 P. 434 License plate lights P. 165 P. 475 P. 480 Rear turn signal lights P. 153 Stop/tail and rear side marker lights P. 165 ∗: If equipped I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U P. 46 7 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 8 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Pictorial index Seat belts Interior Head restraints P. 65 SRS driver airbag P. 97 P. 68 Power window switches P. 82 SRS front passenger airbag P. 97 Bottle holders P. 309 Cup holders P. 308 Rear seats P. 54 Glove box P. 305 Console box P. 306 Floor mat P. 322 Front seats 8 RAV4_U P. 49 SRS side airbags ∗ I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: P. 97 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 9 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM A Vanity mirrors P. 313 Sun visors P. 312 Overhead console P. 307 Moon roof switches ∗ P. 85 SRS curtain shield airbags ∗ P. 97 Interior light P. 302 Coat hooks P. 321 Personal/interior lights P. 301 Rear view monitor system ∗ P. 175 Anti-glare inside rear view mirror P. 78 ∗: If equipped I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 9 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 10 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Pictorial index Interior B Door lock switch Inside door lock buttons Window lock switch P. 43 Power window switches 10 RAV4_U P. 43 I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: P. 82 P. 82 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 11 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM C Type A Cup holders P. 308 Shift lever P. 150 Parking brake lever P. 154 Outside rear view mirror switches Type B P. 80 Cup holders P. 308 Shift lever P. 150 Parking brake lever P. 154 AUX adapter P. 262 Outside rear view mirror switches I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U P. 80 11 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 12 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Pictorial index Instrument panel Horn P. 155 Four-wheel drive lock switch ∗ P. 192 Gauges and meters P. 156 Headlight switch P. 165 Turn signal lever P. 153 Fog light switch ∗ P. 168 Audio system P. 236 Navigation system * Emergency flasher switch P. 410 Fuel filler door opener P. 88 Windshield wiper and washer switch P. 169 Rear window wiper and washer switch P. 171 Hood release lever P. 348 Tilt and telescopic steering lock release lever 12 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: P. 77 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 13 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM A Instrument panel light control dial P. 157 “DAC” switch ∗ P. 189 Power outlet main switch ∗ P. 315 ∗ : If equipped *: Refer to “Navigation System Owner’s Manual”. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 13 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 14 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Pictorial index Instrument panel B Without hands-free phone system Audio remote control switches ∗,* P. 263 “DISP” switch P. 163 Engine (ignition) switch (without smart key system) P. 147 Cruise control switch P. 172 With hands-free phone system Telephone switch P. 271 Audio remote control switches P. 263 “DISP” switch P. 163 Talk switch P. 271 Cruise control switch P. 172 14 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 15 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM C With a manual air conditioning system Air conditioning system P. 220 Security indicator P. 92 Rear window defogger switch P. 233 Outside rear view mirror defogger switch ∗ P. 233 With an automatic air conditioning system Engine (ignition) switch (with smart key system) P. 143 Security indicator P. 92 Air conditioning system P. 225 Rear window and outside rear view mirror defogger switch P. 233 ∗ : If equipped *: Refer to “Navigation System Owner’s Manual”. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 15 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 16 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Pictorial index Instrument panel D Seat heater switch ∗ P. 318 Windshield wiper de-icer switch ∗ P. 235 Power outlet P. 315 Enhanced VSC OFF switch P. 183 Cup holders P. 308 16 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 17 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Pictorial index Luggage compartment Luggage cover ∗ P. 325 Second seatback release lever ∗ Cargo net ∗ P. 326 P. 57 Grocery bag hooks P. 323 Storage boxes ∗ P. 323 Cargo hooks P. 323 Power outlet P. 315 ∗: If equipped I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 17 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 2 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM TABLE OF CONTENTS Index 1-6. Theft deterrent system 1 Before driving Engine immobilizer system ................................ 92 Theft prevention labels ......... 94 1-1. Key information Keys ..................................... 24 1-7. Safety information Correct driving posture ......... 95 SRS airbags ......................... 97 Front passenger occupant classification system......... 110 Child restraint systems ....... 116 Installing child restraints ..... 120 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors Smart key system................. Wireless remote control ....... Side doors ............................ Back door ............................. 26 38 42 46 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) Front seats ........................... Rear seats............................ Head restraints ..................... Seat belts ............................. Steering wheel ..................... Anti-glare inside rear view mirror.................................. Outside rear view mirrors ..... 2 49 54 65 68 77 2-1. Driving procedures Driving the vehicle .............. Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles with smart key system) ............................. Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles without smart key system) ...................... Automatic transmission ...... Turn signal lever ................. Parking brake ..................... Horn.................................... 78 80 1-4. Opening and closing the windows and moon roof Power windows .................... 82 Moon roof ............................. 85 Opening the fuel tank cap .... 88 RAV4_U 134 143 147 150 153 154 155 2-2. Instrument cluster 1-5. Refueling 2 When driving I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Gauges and meters ............ 156 Indicators and warning lights ................................. 159 Trip information display ...... 162 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 3 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-3. Operating the lights and wipers Headlight switch.................. Fog light switch ................... Windshield wipers and washer .............................. Rear window wiper and washer .............................. 3 165 168 169 3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger Manual air conditioning system.............................. Automatic air conditioning system.............................. Rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers ......................... Windshield wiper de-icer .... 171 2-4. Using other driving systems Cruise control...................... Rear view monitor system .............................. Driving assist systems ........ Hill-start assist control......... Downhill assist control system .............................. Four-wheel drive lock switch................................ 172 175 180 187 Audio system types ............ Using the radio ................... Using the CD player ........... Playing back MP3 and WMA discs ....................... Optimal use of the audio system.............................. Using the AUX adapter....... Using the steering wheel audio switches.................. 192 225 2 233 235 236 239 245 I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 4 252 259 262 5 263 6 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) Hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) features ............................ Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) ........... Making a phone call ........... Setting a cellular phone...... Security and system setup ................................ RAV4_U 220 3-2. Using the audio system 189 193 198 204 206 210 218 1 3 2-5. Driving information Utility vehicle precautions ... Cargo and luggage ............. Vehicle load limits................. Winter driving tips ............... Trailer towing ...................... Dinghy towing ..................... Interior features 266 270 278 284 289 3 7 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 4 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM TABLE OF CONTENTS Index Using the phone book ........ 292 4 Maintenance and care 3-4. Using the interior lights Interior lights list ................. • Personal/interior light main switch ...................... • Personal/interior lights...... • Interior light ...................... • Luggage compartment light .................................. 300 4-1. Maintenance and care Cleaning and protecting the vehicle exterior ........... 332 Cleaning and protecting the vehicle interior ............ 335 301 301 302 302 4-2. Maintenance 3-5. Using the storage features List of storage features....... • Glove box ......................... • Console box ..................... • Overhead console ............ • Cup holders...................... • Bottle holders ................... • Auxiliary box..................... 304 305 306 307 308 309 311 Maintenance requirements .................... 338 General maintenance ......... 340 Emission inspection and maintenance (I/M) programs .......................... 343 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 3-6. Other interior features Sun visors .......................... Vanity mirrors ..................... Clock .................................. Power outlets ..................... Seat heaters....................... Armrest............................... Coat hooks ......................... Floor mat ............................ Luggage compartment features ............................ 4 RAV4_U 312 313 314 315 318 320 321 322 323 I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Do-it-yourself service precautions ....................... Hood ................................... Positioning a floor jack........ Engine compartment .......... Tires.................................... Tire inflation pressure........... Wheels................................ Air conditioning filter ........... Key battery ......................... Checking and replacing fuses ................................. Light bulbs .......................... 344 348 350 352 368 375 380 382 384 388 400 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 5 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5 When trouble arises 6 6-1. Specifications 5-1. Essential information Emergency flashers ............ If your vehicle needs to be towed ................................ If you think something is wrong ............................ Fuel pump shut off system .............................. Event data recorder ............ Vehicle specifications Maintenance data (fuel, oil level, etc.) ........... 466 Fuel information.................. 477 Tire information .................. 480 410 411 418 2 6-2. Customization 419 420 Customizable features........ 491 6-3. Initialization 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency If a warning light turns on or a warning buzzer sounds... .......................... If you have a flat tire (vehicles with standard tires).................................. If you have a flat tire (vehicles with run-flat tires).................................. If the engine will not start .... If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P.................... If you lose your keys ........... If the electronic key does not operate properly (vehicles with smart key system) ............................. If the battery is discharged ........................ If your vehicle overheats ..... If the vehicle becomes stuck ................................. 422 3 Items to initialize................. 494 7 For owners 4 Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners ................ 496 Seat belt instructions for Canadian owners (in French)........................ 497 434 450 451 453 454 Index 5 6 Abbreviation list........................ 500 455 457 460 Alphabetical index .................... 502 What to do if... .......................... 513 463 I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 1 5 7 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 24 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-1. Key information Keys The following keys are provided with the vehicle. Vehicles without smart key system Master keys Operating the wireless remote control function (→P. 38) Valet key Key number plate Vehicles with smart key system Electronic keys • Operating the smart key system (→P. 26) • Operating the wireless remote control function (→P. 38) Mechanical keys Key number plate Using the mechanical key (vehicles with smart key system) Take out the mechanical key. After using the mechanical key, store it in the electronic key. Carry the mechanical key together with the electronic key. If the electronic key battery is depleted or the entry function does not operate properly, you will need the mechanical key. (→P. 455) 24 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 25 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-1. Key information n When required to leave a key to the vehicle with a parking attendant Lock the glove box as circumstances demand. (→P. 305) Vehicles without smart key system: Carry the master key for your own use and leave the valet key only with the attendant. n Key number plate Keep the plate in a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle. In the event that a key is lost, a new key can be made by your Toyota dealer using the key number plate. (→P. 454) n When riding in an aircraft When bringing a key with wireless remote control function onto an aircraft, make sure you do not press any buttons on the key while inside the aircraft cabin. If you are carrying the key in your bag etc, ensure that the buttons are not likely to be pressed accidentally. Pressing a button may cause the key to emit radio waves that could interfere with the operation of the aircraft. NOTICE n To prevent key damage l Do not subject the keys to strong shocks, expose them to high temperatures by placing them in direct sunlight, or get them wet. l Do not expose the keys to electromagnetic materials or attach any material that blocks electromagnetic waves to the key surface. l Do not disassemble the key. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 25 Before driving Vehicles with smart key system: Remove the mechanical key for your own use and provide the attendant with the electronic key only. 1 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 26 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors Smart key system∗ The following operations can be performed simply by carrying the electronic key on your person, for example in your pocket. (The driver should always carry the electronic key.) Locks and unlocks the doors (→P. 27) Locks and unlocks the back door (→P. 27) Starts the engine (→P. 143) ∗: If equipped 26 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 27 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors Unlocking and locking the doors and back door (front and back door handles only) Grip the handle to unlock the doors. The doors cannot be unlocked for 3 seconds after the doors are locked. Press the lock button to lock the doors. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 27 Before driving Make sure to touch the sensor on the back of the handle. 1 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 28 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors Antenna location and effective range n Antenna location Antennas outside the cabin Antennas inside the cabin Antenna outside the luggage compartment 28 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 29 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors n Effective range (areas within which the electronic key is detected) When locking or unlocking the doors When starting the engine or changing “ENGINE START STOP” switch modes The system can be operated when the electronic key is inside the vehicle. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 29 1 Before driving The system can be operated when the electronic key is within about 2.3 ft. (0.7 m) of either of the outside front door handles and back door. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 30 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors n Operation signals A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash to indicate that the doors have been locked/unlocked. (Locked: Once; Unlocked: Twice) n Conditions affecting operation The smart key system uses weak radio waves. In the following situations, the communication between the electronic key and the vehicle may be affected, preventing the smart key system and wireless remote control from operating properly. (Ways of coping: →P. 455) l When the electronic key battery is depleted l Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large display, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electrical noise l When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other wireless communication devices l When the electronic key is in contact with, or is covered by a metallic object l When multiple electronic keys are in the vicinity l When carrying or using the electronic key together with the following devices that emit radio waves • Another vehicle’s electronic key • A wireless key that emits radio waves • Personal computer l If window tint with a metallic content or metallic objects is attached to the rear window n Switching the door unlock function It is possible to set which doors the entry function unlocks. STEP 1 Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch OFF. STEP 2 When the indicator on the key surface is turned off, push and hold or on the key. 30 RAV4_U for approximately 5 seconds while pushing I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 31 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors The setting changes each time an operation is performed, as shown below. (When changing the setting continuously, release the buttons, wait for at least 5 seconds, and repeat step 2.) Mode All doors unlocking mode Hold the driver's door handle to unlock only the driver's door. Hold the front passenger’s door handle to unlock all doors Hold either front and back door handle to unlock all doors Beep 1 Exterior: Beeps three times Interior: Pings once Before driving Driver’s door unlocking mode Unlocking doors Exterior: Beeps twice Interior: Pings once n Battery-saving function In the following circumstances, the entry function is disabled in order to prevent the vehicle and electronic key batteries from discharging. l When the entry function has not been used for 2 weeks or more l When the electronic key has been left within approximately 3 ft. (1 m) of the vehicle for 10 minutes or more The system will resume operation when... l The vehicle is locked using the door handle lock button. l The vehicle is locked/unlocked using the wireless remote control function. (→P. 38) l The vehicle is locked/unlocked using the mechanical key. (→P. 455) I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 31 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 32 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors n Electronic key battery depletion l The standard battery life is 1 to 2 years. (The battery becomes depleted even if the electronic key is not used.) If the smart key system or the wireless remote control function does not operate, or the detection area becomes smaller, the battery may be depleted. Replace the battery when necessary. (→P. 384) l To avoid serious deterioration, do not leave the electronic key within 3 ft. (1 m) of the following electrical appliances that produce a magnetic field: • • • • TVs Personal computers Recharging cellular phones or cordless phones Table lamps n To operate the system properly Make sure to carry the electronic key when operating the system. Do not get the electronic key too close to the vehicle when operating the system from the outside of the vehicle. Depending on the position and holding condition of the electronic key, the key may not be detected correctly and the system may not operate properly. (The alarm may go off accidentally, or the door lock prevention may not function.) n Note for the entry function l Even when the electronic key is within the effective range (detection areas), the system may not operate properly in the following cases. • The electronic key is too close to the window or outside door handle, near the ground, or in a high place when the doors are locked or unlocked. • The electronic key is on the instrument panel, luggage cover or floor, in the glove box when the engine is started or “ENGINE START STOP” switch modes are changed. l As long as the electronic key is within the effective range, the doors may be locked or unlocked by anyone. l Even if the electronic key is not inside the vehicle, it may be possible to start the engine if the electronic key is near the window. 32 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 33 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors l The doors may unlock if a large amount of water splashes on the door handle, such as in the rain or in a car wash. (The doors will automatically be locked after approximately 60 seconds if the doors are not opened and closed.) l Gripping the door handle when wearing a glove may not unlock the door. n When the vehicle is not driven for extended periods To prevent theft of the vehicle, do not leave the electronic key within 6 ft. (2 m) of the vehicle. n Security feature If a door is not opened within approximately 60 seconds after the vehicle is unlocked, the anti-theft system automatically locks the vehicle again. n Alarms and warning indicators A combination of exterior and interior alarms as well as warning lights are used to prevent the theft of the vehicle and accidents resulting from erroneous operation. l When any warning lights come on: Take appropriate measures in response to which warning light comes on. (→P. 422) I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 33 Before driving l If the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors when the electronic key is near the vehicle, there is a possibility that the door may not be unlocked by the entry function. (Use the wireless remote control to unlock the doors.) 1 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 34 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors l When an alarm sounds: Take appropriate measures according to the following table. Alarm 34 RAV4_U Situation Correction procedure Exterior alarm sounds once for 2 seconds Tried to lock the doors using the entry function while the electronic key is still inside the passenger compartment. Retrieve the electronic key from the passenger compartment and lock the doors again. Exterior alarm sounds once for 60 seconds Tried to exit the vehicle with the electronic key and lock the doors without first turning the “ENGINE START STOP” switch OFF. Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch OFF and lock the doors again. Exterior alarm sounds once for 10 seconds Tried to lock the vehicle using the entry function while a door is open. Close all of the doors and lock the doors again. Interior alarm sounds continuously Tried to open the door and exit the vehicle without shifting the shift lever to P. Shift the shift lever to P. Interior alarm beeps repeatedly Switched to ACCESSORY mode while the driver's door is open. (Opened the driver's door when the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in ACCESSORY mode.) Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch OFF and close the driver's door. Turned the “ENGINE START STOP” switch OFF while the driver's door is open. Close the driver's door. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 35 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors Alarm Situation Correction procedure Interior and exterior alarms sound continuously. Tried to close the driver’s door after carrying the key outside the vehicle with the “ENGINE START STOP” switch in IGNITION ON or ACCESSORY mode and without the shift lever being in P. Shift the shift lever to P, turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch OFF and close the driver’s door again. The electronic key has a low battery. Replace the electronic key battery. Tried to start the engine without the electronic key being present, or when the electronic key was not functioning normally. Start the engine with the electronic key present. Tried to close the driver’s door after carrying the key outside the vehicle without turning the “ENGINE START STOP” switch OFF. Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch OFF and close the driver’s door again. An occupant carried the electronic key outside the vehicle and closed the door when the “ENGINE START STOP” switch was in IGNITION ON or ACCESSORY mode. Bring the electronic key back into the vehicle. Interior alarm beeps once and exterior alarm sounds 3 times. Before driving Interior alarm beeps once. 1 n If the smart key system does not operate properly l Locking and unlocking the doors: Use the mechanical key. (→P. 455) l Starting the engine. (→P. 455) n When the electronic key battery is fully depleted →P. 384 I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 35 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 36 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors n Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer It is possible to deactivate the smart key system etc. (Customizable features →P. 491) n Certification for the smart key system For vehicles sold in the U.S.A. FCC ID: NI4TMLF-2 FCC ID: HYQ14AAB FCC ID: HYQ13BZS FCC ID: HYQ14ABK FCC ID: HYQ13CZA NOTE: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. FCC WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. For vehicles sold in Canada NOTE: Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. 36 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 37 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors CAUTION n Caution regarding interference with electronic devices l User of any electrical medical device other than implanted pacemakers and implanted cardiac defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of the device for information about its operation under the influence of radio waves. Radio waves could have unexpected effects on the operation of such medical devices. Ask your Toyota dealer for details for disabling the entry function. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 37 1 Before driving l People with implanted pacemakers or cardiac defibrillators should keep away from smart key system antennas. (→P. 28) The radio waves may affect the operation of such devices. If necessary, the entry function can be disabled. Ask your Toyota dealer for details, such as the frequency of radio waves and timing of emitting the radio waves. Then, consult your doctor to see if you should disable the entry function. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 38 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors Wireless remote control The wireless remote control can be used to lock and unlock the vehicle from outside the vehicle. Vehicles without smart key system Locks all doors Pushing and Sounds alarm holding: Unlocks all doors Pressing the button unlocks the driver’s door. Pressing the button again within 3 seconds unlocks the other doors. Vehicles with smart key system Locks all doors Unlocks all doors Pressing the button unlocks the driver’s door. Pressing the button again within 3 seconds unlocks the other doors. Pushing and Sounds alarm holding: n Operation signals Doors: A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash to indicate that the doors have been locked/unlocked. (Locked: Once; Unlocked: Twice) 38 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 39 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors n Panic mode Vehicles without smart key system To stop the alarm, push any button on the wireless remote control. Vehicles with smart key system When is pushed for longer than about one second, an alarm will sound for about 60 seconds and the vehicle lights will flash to deter any person from trying to break into or damage your vehicle. To stop the alarm, push any button on the wireless remote control. n Door lock buzzer If a door is not fully closed, a buzzer sounds continuously if an attempt to lock the door is made. Fully close the door to stop the buzzer, and lock the vehicle once more. n Key battery depletion Vehicles without smart key system The standard battery life is 1 to 2 years. (The battery becomes depleted even if the key is not used.) If the wireless remote control function does not operate, the battery may be depleted. Replace the battery when necessary. (→P. 384) Vehicles with smart key system →P. 384 I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 39 1 Before driving When is pushed for longer than about one second, an alarm will sound for about 60 seconds and the vehicle lights will flash to deter any person from trying to break into or damage your vehicle. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 40 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors n If the wireless remote control does not operate Vehicles without smart key system Locking and unlocking the doors: Use the key. (→P. 42) Vehicles with smart key system l Locking and unlocking the doors: Use the mechanical key. (→P. 455) l Starting the engine. (→P. 143) n Security feature If a door is not opened within approximately 60 seconds after the vehicle is unlocked, the anti-theft system automatically locks the vehicle again. n Conditions affecting operation Vehicles without smart key system The wireless remote control function may not operate normally in the following situations. l Near a TV tower, radio station, electric power plant, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves l When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone or other wireless communication devices l When multiple wireless keys are in the vicinity l When the wireless key is in contact with, or is covered by a metallic object l When a wireless key (that emits radio waves) is being used nearby l When the wireless key has been left near an electrical appliance such as a personal computer Vehicles with smart key system →P. 30 n Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer Settings (e.g. wireless remote control) can be changed. (Customizable features →P. 491) 40 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 41 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors n Certification for wireless remote control (vehicles without smart key system) For vehicles sold in the U.S.A. FCC ID: HYQ12BBY FCC ID: HYQ13BBZ 1 NOTE: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. FCC WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. For vehicles sold in Canada NOTE: Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. n Certification for wireless remote control (vehicles with smart key system) →P. 36 I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 41 Before driving FCC ID: HYQ12BDC FCC ID: HYQ13BDC Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 42 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors Side doors The vehicle can be locked and unlocked using the entry function, wireless remote control, key or door lock switch. n Entry function (vehicles with smart key system) →P. 26 n Wireless remote control →P. 38 n Key Vehicles without smart key system Locks all doors Unlocks all doors Turning the key unlocks the driver's door. Turning the key again within 3 seconds unlocks the other doors. Vehicles with smart key system The doors can also be locked and unlocked with the mechanical key. (→P. 455) 42 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 43 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors n Door lock switch Locks all doors Unlocks all doors 1 Before driving n Inside lock button Locks the door Unlocks the door Pulling the door handle can open the front door even if the lock button is in the lock position. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 43 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 44 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors Locking the front doors from the outside without the wireless remote control or key STEP 1 Move the inside door lock button to the lock position. STEP 2 Close the door. Rear door child-protector locks The door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle when the childprotector lock is set. These locks can be set to prevent children from opening the rear doors. Push down on each rear door switch to lock both rear doors. 44 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 45 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors n When all the doors are locked with the entry function (vehicles with smart key system), wireless remote control or key The doors cannot be unlocked with the door lock switch. The door lock switch can be reset by unlocking all the doors with the entry function (vehicles with smart key system), wireless remote control or key. Before driving n The doors cannot be locked when Vehicles without smart key system The key is in the engine switch and either front door is open. Vehicles with smart key system The “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode, or the electronic key is left inside the vehicle. Depending on the position of the electronic key, the key may not be detected correctly and the door may be locked. n Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer Settings (e.g. door unlocking function) can be changed. (Customizable features →P. 491) CAUTION n To prevent an accident Observe the following precautions while driving the vehicle. Failing to do so may result in a door opening and an occupant falling out, resulting in death or serious injury. l Always use a seat belt. l Always lock the doors. l Ensure that all doors are properly closed. l Do not pull the inside handle of the doors while driving. The doors may be opened and the passengers are thrown out of the vehicle and it may result in serious injury or death. Be especially careful for the front doors, the doors may be opened even if the inside lock buttons are in locked position. l Set the rear door child protector locks when children are seated in the rear seats. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 1 45 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 46 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors Back door The back door can be opened using the back door handle. The back door can be locked and unlocked using the wireless remote control, entry function (vehicles with smart key system) or door lock switch. n Entry function (vehicles with smart key system) →P. 27 n Wireless remote control →P. 38 n Door lock switch →P. 43 n Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer Settings (e.g. wireless remote control) can be changed. (Customizable features →P. 491) CAUTION n Caution while driving l Keep the back door closed while driving. If the back door is left open, it may hit near-by objects while driving or luggage may be unexpectedly thrown out, causing an accident. In addition, exhaust gases may enter the vehicle, causing death or a serious health hazard. Make sure to close the back door before driving. l Before driving the vehicle, make sure that the back door is fully closed. If the back door is not fully closed, it may open unexpectedly while driving, causing an accident. l Never let anyone sit in the luggage compartment. In the event of sudden braking or a collision, they are susceptible to death or serious injury. 46 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 47 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors CAUTION n Caution while parking If the open back door hides the stop, tail or rear turn signal lights, other road users must be warned of the presence of your vehicle by a warning triangle or other device. Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. l Do not leave children alone in the luggage compartment. If a child is accidentally locked in the luggage compartment, they could overheat. l Do not allow a child to open or close the back door. Doing so may cause the back door to operate unexpectedly, or cause the child’s hands, head, or neck to be caught by the closing back door. n Operating the back door Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause parts of the body to be caught, resulting in serious injury. l When opening or closing the back door, thoroughly check to make sure the surrounding area is safe. l If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them know that the back door is about to open or close. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 47 Before driving n When children are in the vehicle 1 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 48 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors CAUTION l Use caution when opening or closing the back door in windy weather as it may move abruptly in strong wind. l The back door may close if it is not opened fully. It is more difficult to open or close the back door on an incline than on a level surface, so beware of the back door unexpectedly opening or closing by itself. Make sure that the back door is fully open and secure before using the luggage compartment. l When closing the back door, take extra care to prevent your fingers etc. from being caught. l When closing the back door, make sure to press it lightly on its outer surface. l Do not attach any accessories other than genuine Toyota parts to the back door. Such additional weight on the back door may cause the back door to fall closed again after it is opened. 48 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 49 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) Front seats Manual seat Seat position lever adjustment 1 Seatback angle adjustment lever Before driving Vertical height adjustment lever (driver’s side only) I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 49 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 50 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) Power seat (driver’s side only) Seat position switch adjustment Seatback angle adjustment switch Seat cushion (front) angle adjustment switch Vertical height adjustment switch Seat lumbar support adjustment switch 50 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 51 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) Flattening front seatbacks The front seats can be moved into a flat seat arrangement. Manual seat 1 Slide the second seats as far back as possible. (→P. 54) STEP 2 Remove the front head restraint. (→P. 65) STEP 3 Slide the front seat further forward than the front-most lock position. STEP 4 Pull the seatback angle adjustment lever up to unlock and push down the seatback. After returning the seat to its original position, be certain to replace the head restraint. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 51 Before driving STEP 1 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 52 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) Power seat STEP 1 Slide the second seats as far back as possible. (→P. 54) STEP 2 Remove the front head restraint. (→P. 65) STEP 3 Push the seat position adjusting switch forward to slide the seat to the front-most position. STEP 4 Move the seatback angle adjusting switch backward to flatten the seatback. After returning the seat to its original position, be certain to replace the head restraint. Active head restraints When the occupant’s lower back presses against the seatback during a rear-end collision, the head restraint moves slightly forward and upward to help reduce the risk of whiplash on the seat occupant. 52 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 53 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) n Active head restraints Even small forces applied to the seatback may cause the head restraint to move. Pushing up a locked head restraint forcibly may appear the head restraint inner structure. These do not indicate problems. Before driving During rear-end collision Inner structure CAUTION n Seat adjustment l Be careful that the seat does not hit passengers or luggage. l Do not recline the seat more than necessary when the vehicle is in motion to reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt. If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply restraint forces directly to the abdomen or your neck may contact the shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of an accident. l Manual seat only: After adjusting the seat, make sure that the seat is locked in position. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 1 53 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 54 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) Rear seats n Second seats Vehicles with third seat Seat position levers adjustment Seatback angle adjustment levers When a person sits in the second center position, align all seatbacks at the same angle. 54 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 55 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) Vehicles without third seat Seat position levers adjustment 1 Seatback angle adjustment levers Before driving When a person sits in the second center position, align all seatbacks at the same angle. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 55 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 56 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) n Third seats (if equipped) The third seats do not have a seat adjustment function. Moving a second seats for third seats entry (vehicles with third seats) n Getting in the vehicle (right side only) Pull the lever forward and fold down the seatback. The seat will slide forward. After passengers are in, lift up the seatback and return the seat to the original position. 56 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 57 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) Folding second seats Folding down the second seats will enlarge the luggage compartment. 1 n Before folding the second seats STEP 2 Stow the second center seat belt. (→P. 70) Make sure the outside seat belt passes through the hanger when folding the second seat. This prevents the shoulder belt from being damaged. STEP 3 Stow the second seat belt buckles. STEP 4 Lower the head restraint to the lowest position. (→P. 65) STEP 5 Raise the armrest until it locks. (→P. 320) I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 57 Before driving STEP 1 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 58 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) n Folding second seats STEP 1 Slide the second seats as far back as possible. (→P. 54) From inside STEP 2 Pull down the seatback angle adjustment lever and fold down the seatback. From outside (vehicles without third seats) STEP 2 58 RAV4_U Open the back door and pull the lock release lever to fold down the second seat. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 59 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) Stowing third seats (vehicles with third seats) n Before stowing the third seats Stow the third seat belt buckles. STEP 2 Pass the seat belts through the seat belt hangers. 1 Before driving STEP 1 This prevents the shoulder belt from being damaged. STEP 3 STEP 4 Lower the head restraint to the lowest position. (→P. 65) Pull the seatback lock release strap to fold down the seatback. Make sure it is locked securely. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 59 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 60 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) n Stowing third seats STEP 1 Pull and hold the seat lock release strap and lift up the seat rearward and then push the seat down. STEP 2 Push the seat on the front side against the floor and push the seat on rear side against the floor. Make sure it is locked securely. 60 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 61 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) n Returning third seats STEP 1 Pull the seat lock release strap, lift the seat up and move the seat forward. Lock the seat into place. 1 Make sure it is locked securely. Pull the seatback lock release strap and raise the seatback. If the seat does not lift up when the seat lock release strap is pulled, lock the seatback again. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 61 Before driving STEP 2 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 62 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) CAUTION n Seat adjustment Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injuries. l The seat belts provide maximum protection in a frontal or rear collision when the driver and the front passenger are sitting up straight and well back in the seats. If you are reclined, the lap belt may slide past your hips and apply restraint forces directly to the abdomen or your neck may contact the shoulder belt. l Be careful not to get your hands or feet pinched in the seat. l Do not adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving as the seat may unexpectedly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle. l Be careful that the seat does not hit a passenger or luggage. l Do not put objects under the seats. Otherwise, the objects may interfere with the seat-lock mechanism or unexpectedly push up the seat position adjustment lever and the seat may suddenly move, causing the driver to lose control of the vehicle. l Avoid reclining the seatback any more than needed. l Adjust both seat cushions to the same position and align all seatbacks at the same angle when a person sits in the rear center position. Otherwise, the person cannot wear the seat belt properly and this may cause death or serious injuries in a collision. 62 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 63 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) CAUTION n When folding second seats l Do not fold the second seatback when passengers sit or luggage is placed on the seat. l Make sure that no passengers or luggage are on the rear seats. l Make sure the seatback is securely locked by pushing forward and rearward on the top of the seatback. Failure to do so will prevent the seat belt from operating properly. n When stowing third seats l Make sure that no passenger or luggage are on the seats. Then, hold the seat and slowly move it. Otherwise, people may be injured or luggage may be damaged if the seat hits them. l Make sure the seat is securely locked by pushing forward and rearward on the top of the seatback or by trying to pull up the edge of the bottom cushion. Failure to do so will prevent the seat belt from operating properly. l Make sure the seat belts are not twisted or caught in the seatback and are arranged in their proper position ready for use. l Do not stow or return the seats when you are inside the vehicle in order to prevent pinching your hands or feet in the seat. Be sure to stow and return the seats from outside the vehicle. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 63 Before driving l Do not allow passengers to ride on the folded seat or in the luggage compartment while driving. 1 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 64 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) CAUTION n After adjusting a seat l After adjusting the seat position, try sliding it forward and backward to make sure it is locked in position. l After adjusting the seatback, push your body adjust the seatback to make sure it is locked in position. l Make sure the seat belts are not twisted or caught in the seatback and are arranged in their proper position and are ready for use. NOTICE n Before folding the seats To prevent damage to the seat belt buckles, stow them before folding the seatback. 64 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 65 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) Head restraints Head restraints are provided for all seats. Front seats Up 1 Pull the head restraints up. Before driving Down Push the head restraint down while pushing the lock release button. Lock release button Second seats Lock release buttons Third seats (if equipped) Lock release button I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 65 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 66 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) n Removing the head restraints Except second center seat Pull the head restraint up while pushing the lock release button. Second center seat n Installing the head restraints Except second center seat Align the head restraint with the installation holes and push it down while pressing the lock release button. 66 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 67 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) Second center seat 1 Make sure that the head restraints are adjusted so that the center of the head restraint is closest to the top of your ears. n Adjusting the rear seat head restraints Always raise the head restraint one level from the stowed position when using. CAUTION n Head restraint precautions Observe the following precautions regarding the head restraints. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. l Use the head restraints designed for each respective seat. l Adjust the head restraints to the correct position at all times. l After adjusting the head restraints, push down on them and make sure they are locked in position. l Do not drive with the head restraints removed. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 67 Before driving n Adjusting the height of the head restraints Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 68 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) Seat belts Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before driving the vehicle. n Correct use of the seat belts l Extend the shoulder belt so that it comes fully over the shoulder, but does not come into contact with the neck or slide off the shoulder. l Position the lap belt as low as possible over the hips. l Adjust the position of the seatback. Sit up straight and well back in the seat. l Do not twist the seat belt. n Fastening and releasing the seat belt Fastening the belt Push the tab into the buckle until a clicking sound is heard. Releasing the belt Release button 68 RAV4_U Press the release button. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 69 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) n Adjusting the height of the belt (front seats) Down Up 1 Move the height adjuster up and down as needed. Before driving Second center seat belt The second center seat belt is a 3-point type restraint with 2 buckles. Both seat belt buckles must be correctly located and securely latched for proper operation. Make sure that the buckle is securely latched ready for use of the center seat belt. Matches the tab with hook end. Matches the tab with round end. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 69 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 70 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) n Releasing method The second center seat belt can be completely released only when necessary such as when folding down the second seats. STEP 1 Insert the key into the hole on the center seat belt buckle to release the tab (with hook end), and allow the belt to retract. STEP 2 Stow the seat belt tabs in the cover located on the roof as shown. 70 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 71 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) Seat belt pretensioners (front seats) The pretensioner may not activate in the event of a minor frontal impact, a side impact or a rear impact. n Emergency locking retractor (ELR) The retractor will lock the belt during a sudden stop or on impact. It may also lock if you lean forward too quickly. A slow, easy motion will allow the belt to extend so that you can move around fully. n Automatic locking retractor (ALR) When a passenger's shoulder belt is completely extended and then retracted even slightly, the belt is locked in that position and cannot be extended. This feature is used to hold the child restraint system (CRS) firmly. To free the belt again, fully retract the belt and then pull the belt out once more. (→P. 120) I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 71 1 Before driving The pretensioner helps the seat belt to quickly restrain the occupant by retracting the seat belt when the vehicle is subjected to certain types of severe frontal collision or a vehicle rollover. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 72 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) n Pregnant women Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way. (→P. 68) Women who are pregnant should position the lap belt as low as possible over the hips in the same manner as other occupants. Extend the shoulder belt completely over the shoulder and position the belt across the chest. Avoid belt contact over the rounding of the abdominal area. If the seat belt is not worn properly, not only a pregnant woman, but also the fetus could suffer death or serious injury as a result of sudden braking or a collision. n People suffering illness Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way. n When not using the rear seat belts Second seats Pass the outer seat belts through the seat belt hangers and secure the seat belt plates to prevent the shoulder belts from being damaged. Third seats Pass the seat belts through the seat belt hangers to prevent the shoulder belts from being damaged. 72 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 73 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) n Child seat belt usage The seat belts of your vehicle were principally designed for persons of adult size. l Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle's seat belt. (→P. 116) n Replacing the belt after the pretensioner has been activated If the vehicle is involved in multiple collisions, the pretensioner will activate for the first collision, but will not activate for the second or subsequent collisions. n Seat belt extender If your seat belts cannot be fastened securely because they are not long enough, a personalized seat belt extender is available from your Toyota dealer free of charge. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 73 Before driving l When the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle's seat belt, follow the instructions on P. 68 regarding seat belt usage. 1 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 74 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) CAUTION Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of injury in the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident. Failing to do so may cause death or severe injury. n Wearing a seat belt l Ensure that all passengers wear a seat belt. l Always wear a seat belt properly. l Each seat belt should be used by one person only. Do not use a seat belt for more than one person at once, including children. l Toyota recommends that children be seated in the rear seat and always use a seat belt and/or an appropriate child restraint system. l Do not recline the seat any more than necessary to achieve a proper seating position. The seat belt is most effective when the occupants are sitting up straight and well back in the seats. l Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm. l Always wear your seat belt low and snug across your hips. n Adjustable shoulder anchor Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of your shoulder. The belt should be kept away from your neck, but not falling off your shoulder. Failure to do so could reduce the amount of protection in an accident and cause death or serious injuries in the event of a sudden stop, sudden swerve or an accident. (→P. 69) n Seat belt pretensioners l Do not place anything, such as a cushion, on the front passenger's seat. Doing so will disperse the passenger's weight, which prevents the sensor from detecting the passenger's weight properly. As a result, the seat belt pretensioner for the front passenger's seat may not activate in the event of a collision. l If the pretensioner has activated, the SRS warning light will come on. In that case, the seat belt cannot be used again and must be replaced at your Toyota dealer. 74 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 75 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) CAUTION n Child restraint lock function belt precaution n Seat belt damage and wear l Do not damage the seat belts by allowing the belt, plate, or buckle to be jammed in the door. l Inspect the seat belt system periodically. Check for cuts, fraying, and loose parts. Do not use a damaged seat belt until it is replaced. Damaged seat belt cannot protect an occupant from death or serious injury. l Ensure that the belt and tab are locked and the belt is not twisted. If the seat belt does not function correctly, immediately contact your Toyota dealer. l Replace the seat assembly, including the belts, if your vehicle has been involved in a serious accident, even if there is no obvious damage. l Do not attempt to install, remove, modify, disassemble or dispose of the seat belts. Have any necessary repairs carried out by your Toyota dealer. Inappropriate handling of the pretensioner may prevent it from operating properly resulting in death or serious injury. n When using the second center seat belt Do not use the second center seat belt with either buckle released. Fastening only one of the buckles may result in death or serious injury in case of sudden braking or a collision. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 75 1 Before driving Do not allow children to play with the child restraint lock function belt. If the belt becomes twisted around a child’s neck, it will not be possible to pull the belt out leading to choking or other serious injuries that could result in death. If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used to cut the belt. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 76 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) CAUTION n Using a seat belt extender l Do not wear the seat belt extender if you can fasten the seat belt without the extender. l Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system because the belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of an accident. l The personalized extender may not be safe on another vehicle, when used by another person, or at a different seating position other than the one originally intended. NOTICE n When using a seat belt extender When releasing the seat belt, press on the buckle release button on the extender, not on the seat belt. This helps prevent damage to the vehicle interior and the extender itself. 76 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 77 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) Steering wheel The steering wheel can be adjusted to a comfortable position. Hold the steering wheel and press the lever down. STEP 1 1 Before driving Adjust to the ideal position by moving the steering wheel horizontally and vertically. STEP 2 After adjustment, pull the lever up to secure the steering wheel. CAUTION n Caution while driving Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Doing so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident, resulting in death or serious injury. n After adjusting the steering wheel Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked. Otherwise, the steering wheel may move suddenly, possibly causing an accident and resulting in death or serious injury. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 77 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 78 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) Anti-glare inside rear view mirror Glare from the headlights of vehicles behind can be reduced by using the following functions. Manual anti-glare inside rear view mirror Normal position Anti-glare position Auto anti-glare inside rear view mirror In automatic mode, sensors are used to detect the headlights of vehicles behind and the reflected light is automatically reduced. Turns automatic mode on/off The indicator comes on when automatic mode is turned ON. Vehicles without smart key system: The mirror will revert to the automatic mode each time the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position. Vehicles with smart key system: The mirror will revert to the automatic mode each time the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode. 78 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 79 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) n To prevent sensor error (vehicles with auto anti-glare inside rear view mirror) To ensure that the sensors operate properly, do not touch or cover them. 1 Before driving CAUTION n Caution while driving Do not adjust the position of the mirror while driving. Doing so may lead to mishandling of the vehicle and an accident, resulting in death or serious injury. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 79 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 80 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) Outside rear view mirrors Vehicles without smart key system Mirror angle can be adjusted using the switch when the engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position. Vehicles with smart key system Mirror angle can be adjusted using the switch when the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode. STEP 1 Select a mirror to adjust. Left Right STEP 2 Adjust the mirror. Up Right Down Left 80 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 81 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel) Folding back the mirrors Push backward to fold the mirrors. 1 Before driving n When the mirrors are fogged up (vehicles with outside rear view mirror defoggers) Turn on the mirror defoggers to defog the mirrors. (→P. 233) CAUTION n When driving the vehicle Observe the following precautions while driving. Failing to do so may result in loss of control of the vehicle and cause an accident, resulting in death or serious injury. l Do not adjust the mirrors while driving. l Do not drive with the mirrors folded back. l Both the driver and passenger side mirrors must be extended and properly adjusted before driving. n When the mirror defoggers are operating (vehicles with outside rear view mirror defoggers) Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces, as they can become very hot and burn you. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 81 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 82 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-4. Opening and closing the windows and moon roof Power windows The power windows can be opened and closed using the following switches. Closing One-touch closing (driver’s window only)* Opening One-touch opening (driver’s window only)* *: Pressing the switch in the opposite direction will stop window travel partway. Lock switch Press the switch down to lock the passenger window switches. Use this switch to prevent children from accidentally opening or closing a passenger window. 82 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 83 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-4. Opening and closing the windows and moon roof n The power windows can be operated when Vehicles without smart key system The engine switch is in the “ON” position. 1 Vehicles with smart key system The “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in IGNITION ON mode. Vehicles without smart key system The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. They cannot, however, be operated once either front door is opened. Vehicles with smart key system The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned OFF. They cannot, however, be operated once either front door is opened. n Jam protection function (driver’s window only) If an object becomes caught between the window and the window frame, window travel is stopped and the window is opened slightly. n When the battery is disconnected The power windows must be initialized in order to ensure proper operation. (Initialize each window with the respective switches.) STEP 1 Open the window fully. STEP 2 Fully close the window by pulling the switch up and holding it for 1 second. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 83 Before driving n Operating the power windows after turning the engine off (front windows only) Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 84 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-4. Opening and closing the windows and moon roof CAUTION n Closing the windows Observe the following precautions. Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury. l Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body in a position where it could be caught when a window is being operated. l Do not allow children to operate the power windows. Closing a power window on someone can cause serious injury, and in some instances, even death. n Jam protection function (driver’s window only) l Never try jamming any part of your body to activate the jam protection function intentionally. l The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just before the window fully closes. 84 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 85 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-4. Opening and closing the windows and moon roof Moon roof∗ Use the overhead switches to open, close, and tilt the moon roof up and down. n Opening and closing 1 Open Before driving The moon roof stops slightly before the fully opened position. Press the switch again to fully open. Close Press either side of the switch to stop the moon roof partway. n Tilting up and down Tilt up Tilt down Press either side of the switch to stop the moon roof partway. ∗: If equipped I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 85 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 86 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-4. Opening and closing the windows and moon roof n The moon roof can be operated when Vehicles without smart key system The engine switch is in the “ON” position. Vehicles with smart key system The “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in IGNITION ON mode. n Operating the moon roof after turning the engine off Vehicles without smart key system The moon roof can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. They cannot, however, be operated once either front door is opened. Vehicles with smart key system The moon roof can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned OFF. They cannot, however, be operated once either front door is opened. n Jam protection function If an object is detected between the moon roof and the frame while closing or tilting down, travel is stopped and the moon roof opens slightly. n If the moon roof cannot be closed If the moon roof cannot be closed automatically, such as when the jam protection function activates accidentally due to a malfunction, press and hold the “TILT UP” side of the switch until the moon roof slide closed completely. n To reduce wind noise Drive with the moon roof opened to a position that is slightly before the fully open position as driving with the moon roof opened fully will cause wind noise. n Sunshade The sunshade can be opened and closed manually. However, the sunshade will open automatically when the moon roof is opened. n Opening the moon roof by small degrees Quickly press and release the switch. 86 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 87 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-4. Opening and closing the windows and moon roof n When the battery is disconnected The moon roof must be initialized in order to ensure proper operation. Press and hold the “TILT UP” side of the switch until the moon roof tilts up completely. 1 Before driving CAUTION n Opening the moon roof Observe the following precautions. Failing to do so may cause death or serious injury. l Do not allow any passengers to put their hands or heads outside the vehicle while it is moving. l Do not sit on top of the moon roof. n Closing the moon roof Observe the following precautions. Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury. l Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their bodies in a position where it could be caught when the moon roof is being operated. l Do not allow children to operate the moon roof. Closing the moon roof on someone can cause death or serious injury. n Jam protection function l Never try jamming any part of your body to activate the jam protection function intentionally. l The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just before the moon roof fully closes. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 87 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 88 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-5. Refueling Opening the fuel tank cap Perform the following steps to open the fuel tank cap. n Before refueling the vehicle Vehicles without smart key system Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position and ensure that all the doors and windows are closed. Vehicles with smart key system Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch OFF and ensure that all the doors and windows are closed. n Opening the fuel tank cap STEP 1 Pull up the fuel filler door opener. STEP 2 Turn the fuel tank cap slowly to open. 88 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 89 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-5. Refueling STEP 3 Hang the fuel tank cap on the back of the fuel filler door. 1 Before driving Closing the fuel tank cap When replacing the fuel tank cap, turn it until a clicking sound is heard. After releasing your hand, the cap will turn slightly to the opposite direction. n Fuel types Use unleaded gasoline. (Octane rating 87 [Research Octane Number 91] or higher) n Fuel tank capacity Approximately 15.9 gal. (60 L, 13.2 Imp. gal.) I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 89 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 90 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-5. Refueling CAUTION n Refueling the vehicle Observe the following precautions while refueling the vehicle. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. l Touch the vehicle or some other metal surface to discharge any static electricity. Sparks resulting from discharging static electricity may cause the fuel vapors to ignite. l Always hold the grips on the fuel tank cap and turn it slowly to remove it. A whooshing sound may be heard when the fuel tank cap is loosened. Wait until the sound cannot be heard before fully removing the cap. In hot weather, pressurized fuel may spray out of the filler neck and cause injury. l Do not allow anyone that has not discharged static electricity from their bodies to come close to an open fuel tank. l Do not inhale vaporized fuel. Fuel contains substances that are harmful if inhaled. l Do not smoke while refueling the vehicle. Doing so may cause the fuel to ignite and cause a fire. l Do not return to the vehicle or touch any person or object that is statically charged. This may cause static electricity to build up, resulting in a possible ignition hazard. n When replacing the fuel cap Do not use anything but a genuine Toyota fuel tank cap designed for your vehicle. Doing so may cause a fire or other incident which may result in death or serious injury. 90 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 91 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-5. Refueling NOTICE n Refueling I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 91 1 Before driving Do not spill fuel during refueling. Doing so may damage the vehicle, such as causing the exhaust systems to operate abnormally or damaging fuel system components or the vehicle's painted surface. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 92 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-6. Theft deterrent system Engine immobilizer system The vehicle's keys have built-in transponder chips that prevent the engine from starting if the key has not been previously registered in the vehicle's on-board computer. Never leave the keys inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle. Vehicles without smart key system: The indicator light flashes after the key has been removed from the engine switch to indicate that the system is operating. Vehicles with smart key system: The indicator light flashes after the “ENGINE START STOP” switch has been turned OFF to indicate that the system is operating. 92 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 93 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-6. Theft deterrent system n System maintenance The vehicle has a maintenance-free type of engine immobilizer system. n Conditions that may cause the system to malfunction 1 l If the key is in contact with a metallic object n Certifications for the engine immobilizer system l For vehicles sold in the U.S.A. Vehicles without smart key system FCC ID: MOZRI-20BTY FCC ID: MOZRI-21BTY Vehicles with smart key system FCC ID: NI4TMIMB-1 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. FCC WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. l For vehicles sold in Canada This device complied with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. NOTICE n To prevent damage to the key Do not modify, remove or disable the engine immobilizer system. If any unauthorized changes or modifications are made, the proper operation of the system cannot be guaranteed. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 93 Before driving l If the key is in close proximity to or touching a key to the security system (key with a built-in transponder chip) of another vehicle Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 94 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-6. Theft deterrent system Theft prevention labels (U.S.A.) These labels are attached to the vehicle to reduce vehicle theft by facilitating the tracing and recovery of parts from stolen vehicles. Do not remove under penalty of law. 94 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 95 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information Correct driving posture Drive in a good posture as follows: Sit upright and well back in the seat. (→P. 49) 1 Before driving Adjust the position of the seat forward or backward to ensure the pedals can be reached and easily depressed to the extent required. (→P. 49) Adjust the seatback so that the controls are easily operable. Adjust the tilt and telescopic positions of the steering wheel downward so the airbag is facing your chest. (→P. 77) Lock the head restraint in place with the center of the head restraint closest to the top of your ears. (→P. 65) Wear the seat belt correctly. (→P. 68) I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 95 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 96 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information CAUTION n While driving l Do not adjust the position of the driver's seat while driving. Doing so could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle. l Do not place a cushion between the driver or passenger and the seatback. A cushion may prevent correct posture from being achieved, and reduce the effectiveness of the seat belt and head restraint, increasing the risk of death or serious injury to the driver or passenger. l Do not place anything under the front seats. Objects placed under the front seats may become jammed in the seat tracks and stop the seat from locking in place. This may lead to an accident. The adjustment mechanism may also be damaged. n Adjusting the seat position l Take care when adjusting the seat position to ensure that other passengers are not injured by the moving seat. l Do not put your hands under the seat or near the moving parts to avoid injury. Fingers or hands may become jammed in the seat mechanism. 96 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 97 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information SRS airbags The SRS airbags inflate when the vehicle is subjected to certain types of severe impacts that may cause significant injury to the occupants. They work together with the seat belts to help reduce the risk of death or serious injury. 1 Before driving Front airbags Driver airbag/front passenger airbag Can help protect the head and chest of the driver and front passenger from impact with interior components. Side and curtain shield airbags (if equipped) Side airbags Can help protect the torso of the front seat occupants. Curtain shield airbags Can help protect primarily the head of occupants in the outer seats. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 97 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 98 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information Airbag system components Curtain shield airbags (if equipped) “AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF” indicator lights Side airbags (if equipped) SRS warning light Front passenger airbag Driver airbag Side and curtain shield airbag sensors (if equipped) Driver’s seat position sensor Front airbag sensors Driver’s seat belt buckle switch Front passenger’s seat belt buckle switch Curtain shield airbag sensors (if equipped) Airbag sensor assembly Front passenger occupant classification system (ECU and sensors) Your vehicle is equipped with ADVANCED AIRBAGS designed based on US motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). The airbag system controls airbag deployment power for the driver and front passenger. The driver airbag system consists of the driver seat's position sensor etc. The front passenger's airbag system consists of the front passenger occupant classification sensor etc. 98 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 99 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information The main SRS airbag system components are shown above. The SRS airbag system is controlled by the airbag sensor assembly. The airbag sensor assembly consists of a safing sensor and an airbag sensor. n SRS warning light This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensors, side and curtain shield airbag sensors (if equipped), curtain shield airbag sensors (if equipped), driver's seat position sensor, driver's seat belt buckle switch, front passenger occupant classification system, “AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF” indicator lights, front passenger’s seat belt buckle switch, seat belt pretensioner assemblies, inflators, interconnecting wiring and power sources. (→P. 423) n If the SRS airbags deploy (inflate) l Bruising and slight abrasions may result from contact with a deploying (inflating) SRS airbag. l A loud noise and white powder will be emitted. l Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel hub, airbag cover and inflator) as well as the front seats, and parts of the front and rear pillars and roof side rail, may be hot for several minutes. The airbag itself may also be hot. l The windshield may crack. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 99 1 Before driving In certain types of severe frontal or side impacts, the SRS airbag system triggers the airbag inflators. A chemical reaction in the inflators quickly fills the airbags with non-toxic gas to help restrain the motion of the occupants. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 100 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information n SRS airbag deployment conditions Front airbags l The front SRS airbags will deploy in the event of an impact that exceeds the set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to a 12 - 18 mph [20 - 30 km/h] frontal collision with a fixed wall that does not move or deform). However, this threshold velocity will be considerably higher if the vehicle strikes an object, such as a parked vehicle or sign pole, which can move or deform on impact, or if the vehicle is involved in an underride collision (e.g. a collision in which the front of the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under, the bed of a truck, etc.). l It is possible that in some collisions where the forward deceleration of the vehicle is very close to the designed threshold level, the SRS front airbags and the seat belt pretensioners may not activate together. l The SRS front passenger airbag will not activate if there is no passenger sitting in the front passenger seat. However, the front passenger airbag may deploy if luggage is put in the seat, or the seat belt is fastened, even if the seat is unoccupied. (→P. 110) Side airbags (if equipped) l The SRS side airbags will deploy in the event of an impact that exceeds the set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to the impact force produced by a 3300 lb. [1500 kg] vehicle colliding with the vehicle cabin from a direction perpendicular to the vehicle orientation at a speed of 12 - 18 mph [20 - 30 km/h]). l The SRS side airbag on the passenger seat will not activate if there is no passenger sitting in the front passenger seat. However, the side airbag on the passenger seat may deploy if luggage is put in the seat, or the seat belt is fastened, even if the seat is unoccupied. (→P. 110) Curtain shield airbags (if equipped) The SRS curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of an impact that exceeds the set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to the impact force produced by a 3300 lb. [1500 kg] vehicle colliding with the vehicle cabin from a direction perpendicular to the vehicle orientation at a speed of 12 - 18 mph [20 - 30 km/h]) or when the vehicle rolls over. 100 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 101 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information n Conditions under which the SRS airbags may deploy (inflate), other than a collision The SRS front airbags may also deploy if a serious impact occurs to the underside of your vehicle. Some examples are shown in the illustration. l Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or hard surface l Landing hard or vehicle falling The SRS curtain shield airbags (if equipped) may also deploy under the situation shown in the illustration. l The angle of vehicle tip-up is marginal. l The vehicle skids and hits a curb stone. n Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS front airbags The SRS front airbags are generally not designed to inflate if the vehicle is involved in a side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a lowspeed frontal collision. But, whenever a collision of any type causes sufficient forward deceleration of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may occur. l Collision from the side l Collision from the rear l Vehicle rollover I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 101 Before driving l Falling into or jumping over a deep hole 1 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 102 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information n Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags (if equipped) The SRS side airbag and curtain shield airbag system may not activate if the vehicle is subjected to a collision from the side at certain angles, or a collision to the side of the vehicle body other than the passenger compartment. l Collision from the side to the vehicle body other than the passenger compartment l Collision from the side at an angle The SRS side airbags are not generally designed to inflate if the vehicle is involved in a frontal or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a lowspeed side collision. l Collision from the front l Collision from the rear l Vehicle rollover The SRS curtain shield airbags are not generally designed to inflate if the vehicle is involved in a frontal or rear collision, if it pitches end over end, or if it is involved in a low-speed side collision. l Collision from the front l Collision from the rear l Pitching end over end 102 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 103 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information n When to contact your Toyota dealer In the following cases, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. Do not disconnect the battery cables before contacting your Toyota dealer. l Any of the SRS airbags have been inflated. 1 l Vehicles with side airbags and curtain shield airbags: A portion of a door is damaged or deformed, or the vehicle was involved in an accident that was not severe enough to cause the SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags to inflate. l The pad section of the steering wheel or dashboard is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged. l Vehicles with side airbags: The surface of the seats with the side airbag is scratched, cracked or otherwise damaged. l Vehicles with curtain shield airbags: The portion of the front pillars, rear pillars or roof side rail garnishes (padding) containing the curtain shield airbags inside is scratched, cracked or otherwise damaged. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 103 Before driving l The front of the vehicle is damaged or deformed, or was involved in an accident that was not severe enough to cause the SRS airbags to inflate. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 104 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information CAUTION n SRS airbag precautions Observe the following precautions regarding the airbags. Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury. l The driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts properly. The SRS airbags are supplemental devices to be used with the seat belts. l The SRS driver airbag deploys with considerable force, and can cause death or serious injury especially if the driver is very close to the airbag. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (“NHTSA”) advises: Since the risk zone for the driver’s airbag is the first 2 - 3 in. (50 - 75 mm) of inflation, placing yourself 10 in. (250 mm) from your driver airbag provides you with a clear margin of safety. This distance is measured from the center of the steering wheel to your breastbone. If you sit less than 10 in. (250 mm) away now, you can change your driving position in several ways: • Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably. • Slightly recline the back of the seat. Although vehicle designs vary, many drivers can achieve the 10 in. (250 mm) distance, even with the driver seat all the way forward, simply by reclining the back of the seat somewhat. If reclining the back of your seat makes it hard to see the road, raise yourself by using a firm, non-slippery cushion, or raise the seat if your vehicle has that feature. • If your steering wheel is adjustable, tilt it downward. This points the airbag toward your chest instead of your head and neck. The seat should be adjusted as recommended by NHTSA above, while still maintaining control of the foot pedals, steering wheel, and your view of the instrument panel controls. 104 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 105 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information CAUTION n SRS airbag precautions l The SRS front passenger airbag also deploys with considerable force, and can cause death or serious injury especially if the front passenger is very close to the airbag. The front passenger seat should be as far from the airbag as possible with the seatback adjusted, so the front passenger sits upright. l Improperly seated and/or restrained infants and children can be killed or seriously injured by a deploying airbag. An infant or child who is too small to use a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint system. Toyota strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in the rear seats of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seats are the safest for infants and children. (→P. 116) I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 105 1 Before driving l If the seat belt extender has been connected to the driver's seat belt buckle but the seat belt extender has not also been fastened to the latch plate of the driver's seat belt, the SRS driver's airbag system will judge that the driver is wearing the seat belt even though the seat belt has not been connected. In this case, the driver's airbag may not activate correctly in a collision, resulting in death or serious injury in the event of collision. Be sure to wear the seat belt with the seat belt extender. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 106 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information CAUTION n SRS airbag precautions l Do not sit on the edge of the seat or lean against the dashboard. l Do not allow a child to stand in front of the SRS front passenger airbag unit or sit on the knees of a front passenger. l Do not drive the vehicle while the driver or passenger has items resting on their knees. l Vehicles with side airbags and curtain shield airbags: Do not lean against the door, the roof side rail or the front, side and rear pillars. l Vehicles with side airbags and curtain shield airbags: Do not allow anyone to kneel on the passenger seat toward the door or put their head or hands outside the vehicle. 106 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 107 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information CAUTION n SRS airbag precautions l Vehicles with side airbags and curtain shield airbags: Do not attach anything to areas such as the door, windshield glass, side door glass, front and rear pillars or roof side rail garnish. l Vehicles with curtain shield airbags: Do not hang coat hangers or other hard objects on the coat hooks. All of these items could become projectiles and seriously injure or kill you, should the SRS curtain shield airbag deploy. l Vehicles with side airbags: Do not use seat accessories which cover the parts where the SRS side airbags inflate as they may interfere with inflation of the airbags. l Do not strike or apply significant levels of force to the area of the SRS airbag components (→P. 98). Doing so can cause the SRS airbags to malfunction. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 107 1 Before driving l Do not attach anything to or lean anything against areas such as the dashboard or steering wheel pad. These items can become projectiles when SRS driver and front passenger airbags deploy. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 108 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information CAUTION n SRS airbag precautions l Do not touch any of the component parts immediately after the SRS airbags have deployed (inflated) as they may be hot. l If breathing becomes difficult after the SRS airbag has deployed, open a door or window to allow fresh air in, or leave the vehicle if it is safe to do so. Wash off any residue as soon as possible to prevent skin irritation. l Vehicles without side and curtain shield airbags: If the areas where the SRS airbags are stored, such as the steering wheel pad are damaged or cracked, have them replaced by your Toyota dealer. l Vehicles with side and curtain shield airbags: If the areas where the SRS airbags are stored, such as the steering wheel pad and front and rear pillar garnishes, are damaged or cracked, have them replaced by your Toyota dealer. 108 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 109 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information CAUTION n Modification and disposal of SRS airbag system components l Installation, removal, disassembly and repair of the SRS airbags. l Vehicles without side airbags and curtain shield airbags: Repairs, modifications, removal or replacement of the steering wheel, instrument panel, dashboard, seats or seat upholstery. l Vehicles with side airbags and curtain shield airbags: Repairs, modifications, removal or replacement of the steering wheel, instrument panel, dashboard, seats or seat upholstery, front, side and rear pillars or roof side rail. l Repairs or modifications of the front fender, front bumper, or side of the occupant compartment. l Installation of snow plows, winches, etc. to the front grille (bull bars, kangaroo bar etc.). l Modifications to the vehicle's suspension system. l Installation of electronic devices such as mobile two-way radios or CD players. l Modifications to your vehicle for a person with a physical disability. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 109 1 Before driving Do not dispose of your vehicle or perform any of the following modifications without consulting your Toyota dealer. The SRS airbags may malfunction or deploy (inflate) accidentally, causing death or serious injury. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 110 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information Front passenger occupant classification system Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger occupant classification system. This system detects the conditions of the front passenger seat and activates or deactivates the devices for front passenger. SRS warning light Front passenger's seat belt reminder light “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light “AIR BAG ON” indicator light 110 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 111 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information Conditions and operation of the front passenger occupant classification system n Adult*1 1 “AIR BAG ON” SRS warning light Off Front passenger's seat belt reminder light Flashing*2 Before driving Indicator/ warning light “AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF” indicator lights Front passenger airbag Side airbag on the front passenger seat Devices Curtain shield airbag in the front passenger side Activated Front passenger's seat belt pretensioner n Child*3 or child restraint system*4 Indicator/ warning light “AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF” indicator lights “AIR BAG OFF”*5 SRS warning light Off Front passenger's seat belt reminder light Flashing*2 Front passenger airbag Side airbag on the front passenger seat Devices Curtain shield airbag in the front passenger side Deactivated Activated Front passenger's seat belt pretensioner I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 111 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 112 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information n Unoccupied “AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF” indicator lights Indicator/ warning light SRS warning light Front passenger's seat belt reminder light Front passenger airbag Side airbag on the front passenger seat Devices Not illuminated Off Deactivated Curtain shield airbag in the front passenger side Activated Front passenger's seat belt pretensioner Deactivated n There is a malfunction in the system Indicator/ warning light “AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF” indicator lights “AIR BAG OFF” SRS warning light On Front passenger's seat belt reminder light Off Front passenger airbag Side airbag on the front passenger seat Devices Curtain shield airbag in the front passenger side Deactivated Activated Front passenger's seat belt pretensioner *1: The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture. *2: In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt. *3: When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/ her as an adult depending on his/her physique or posture. 112 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 113 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information *4: Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat. A forward-facing child restraint system should only be installed on the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable. (→P. 117) *5: In case the indicator is not illuminated, consult this manual as for installing the child restraint system properly. (→P. 120) 1 Before driving I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 113 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 114 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information CAUTION n Front passenger occupant classification system precautions Observe the following precautions regarding front passenger occupant classification system. Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury. l Wear the seat belt properly. l Make sure the front passenger's seat belt tab has not been left inserted into the buckle before someone sits in the front passenger seat. l Make sure the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is not illuminated when using the seat belt extender for the front passenger seat. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated, disconnect the extender tongue from the seat belt buckle, then reconnect the seat belt. Reconnect the seat belt extender after making sure the “AIR BAG ON” indicator light is illuminated. If you use the seat belt extender while the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated, the front passenger airbag, side airbag on the front passenger side may not activate correctly, which could cause death or serious injury in the event of collision. l Do not apply a heavy load to the front passenger seat or equipment (e.g. seatback pocket). l Do not put weight on the front passenger seat by putting your hands or feet on the front passenger seat seatback from the second seat. l Do not let a passenger in the second seat lift the front passenger seat with their feet or press on the seatback with their legs. l Do not put objects under the front passenger seat. l Do not recline the front passenger seatback so far that it touches a second seat. This may cause the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light to be illuminated, which indicates that the passenger's airbags will not deploy in the event of a severe accident. If the seatback touches the second seat, return the seatback to a position where it does not touch the second seat. Keep the front passenger seatback as upright as possible when the vehicle is moving. Reclining the seatback excessively may lessen the effectiveness of the seat belt system. 114 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 115 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information CAUTION n Front passenger occupant classification system precautions l When it is unavoidable to install the forward-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat, install the child restraint system on the front passenger seat in the proper order. (→P. 120) l Do not modify or remove the front seats. l Do not kick the front passenger seat or subject it to severe impact. Otherwise, the SRS warning light may come on to indicate a malfunction of the detection system. In this case, contact your Toyota dealer immediately. l Child restraint systems installed on the second seat should not contact the front seatbacks. l Do not use a seat accessory, such as a cushion or seat cover, that covers the seat cushion surface. l Do not modify or replace the upholstery of the front seat. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 115 1 Before driving l If an adult sits in the front passenger seat, the “AIR BAG ON” indicator light is illuminated. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator is illuminated, ask the passenger to sit up straight, well back in the seat, feet on the floor, and with the seat belt worn correctly. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator still remains illuminated, either ask the passenger to move to the second seat, or if that is not possible, move the front passenger seat fully rearward. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 116 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information Child restraint systems A child restraint system for a small child or baby must itself be properly restrained on the seat with the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt. The laws of all 50 states of the U.S.A. and Canada now require the use of child restraint systems. Points to remember Studies have shown that installing a child restraint on a rear seat is much safer than installing one to the front passenger seat. l Choose a child restraint system that suits your vehicle and is appropriate to the age and size of the child. l For installation details, follow the instructions provided with the child restraint system. General installation instructions are provided in this manual. (→P. 120) 116 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 117 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information Types of child restraint Child restraint systems are classified into the following 3 types according to the age and size of the child. 1 Rear facing ⎯ Infant seat/convertible seat Before driving Forward facing ⎯ Convertible seat Booster seat I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 117 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 118 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information n Selecting an appropriate child restraint system l Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt. l If a child is too large for a child restraint system, sit the child on a rear seat and use the vehicle's seat belt. (→P. 68) CAUTION n Child restraint precautions l For effective protection in automobile accidents and sudden stops, a child must be properly restrained, using a seat belt or child restraint system depending on the age and size of the child. Holding a child in your arms is not a substitute for a child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be crushed against the windshield, or between you and the vehicle's interior. l Toyota strongly urges the use of a proper child restraint system that conforms to the size of the child, installed on the rear seat. According to accident statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat. l Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat even if “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated. In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child if the rear-facing child restraint system is installed on the front passenger seat. l A forward-facing child restraint system may be installed on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable. A child restraint system that requires a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat since there is no top tether strap anchor for the front passenger seat. Adjust the seatback as upright as possible and always move the seat as far back as possible even if the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated, because the front passenger airbag could inflate with considerable speed and force. Otherwise, the child may be killed or seriously injured. 118 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 119 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information CAUTION n Child restraint precautions l Vehicles with side airbags and curtain shield airbags: Do not allow the child to lean his/her head or any part of his/her body against the door or the area of the seat, front and rear pillars or roof side rail from which the side airbags or curtain shield airbags deploy even if the child is seated in the child restraint system. It is dangerous if the side airbags and curtain shield airbags inflate, and the impact could cause death or serious injury to the child. l Make sure you have complied with all installation instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer and that the system is properly secured. If it is not secured properly, it may cause death or serious injury to the child in the event of a sudden stop, sudden swerve or an accident. n Child restraint lock function belt precaution Do not allow children to play with the child restraint lock function belt. If the belt becomes twisted around a child’s neck, it will not be possible to pull the belt out leading to choking or other serious injuries that could result in death. If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used to cut the belt. n When the child restraint system is not in use l Keep the child restraint system properly secured on the seat even if it is not in use. Do not store the restraint unsecured in the passenger compartment. l If it is necessary to detach the child restraint system, remove it from the vehicle or store it securely in the luggage compartment. This will prevent it from injuring passengers in the event of a sudden stop, sudden swerve or accident. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 119 1 Before driving l Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system on the front or rear passenger seat. If installing a child restraint system with the seat belt extender connected to the seat belt, the seat belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of a sudden stop, sudden swerve or an accident. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 120 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information Installing child restraints Follow the child restraint system manufacturer's instructions. Firmly secure child restraints to the outside rear seats using the LATCH anchors or a seat belt. Attach the top tether strap when installing a child restraint. The lap/shoulder belt can be used if your child restraint system is not compatible with the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children) system. Second outside seats: Child restraint LATCH anchors LATCH anchors are provided for the rear outside seats. (Buttons displaying the location of the anchors are attached to the seats.) Seat belts equipped with a child restraint locking mechanism (ALR/ELR belts except driver’s seat belt) 120 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 121 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information Second outside seats: Anchor brackets (for top tether strap) Anchor brackets are provided for the second outside seats. 1 Before driving Second center seat: Anchor brackets (for top tether strap) An anchor bracket is provided for the second center seat. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 121 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 122 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information Installation with LATCH system (second outside seats only) STEP 1 Fold the seatback while pulling the lever. Return the seatback and secure it at the 1st lock position (most upright position). Adjust the seatback to the 3rd lock position. (→P. 54) 1st lock position 7th lock position Type A STEP 2 Latch the hooks of the lower straps onto the LATCH anchors. The bars are installed in the clearance between the seat cushion and seatback. If the child restraint has a top tether strap, the top tether strap should be latched onto the top tether strap anchor. For owners in Canada: The symbol on a child restraint system indicates the presence of a lower connector system. Canada only 122 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 123 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information Type B STEP 2 Latch the buckles LATCH anchors. onto the The bars are installed in the clearance between the seat cushion and seatback. For owners in Canada: The symbol on a child restraint system indicates the presence of a lower connector system. Canada only I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 123 Before driving If the child restraint has a top tether strap, the top tether strap should be latched onto the top tether strap anchor. 1 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 124 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information Installing child restraints using a seat belt (child restraint lock function belt) n Rear facing ⎯ Infant seat/convertible seat STEP 1 Place the child seat on the rear seat facing the rear of the vehicle. STEP 2 Run the seat belt through the child seat and insert the plate into the buckle. Make sure that the belt is not twisted. STEP 3 Fully extend the shoulder belt and then allow it to retract slightly in order to activate the ALR lock mode. Lock mode allows the seat belt to retract only. 124 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 125 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information STEP 4 While pushing the child seat down into the rear seat, allow the shoulder belt to retract until the child seat is securely in place. 1 n Forward facing ⎯ Convertible seat STEP 1 Place the child seat on the seat facing the front of the vehicle. STEP 2 Run the seat belt through the child seat and insert the plate into the buckle. Make sure that the belt is not twisted. STEP 3 Fully extend the shoulder strap and then allow it to retract slightly into the ALR lock mode. Lock mode allows the seat belt to retract only. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 125 Before driving After the shoulder belt has retracted to a point where there is no slack in the belt, pull the belt to check that it cannot be extended. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 126 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information While pushing the child seat into the rear seat, allow the shoulder belt to retract until the child seat is securely in place. STEP 4 After the shoulder belt has retracted to a point where there is no slack in the belt, pull the belt to check that it cannot be extended. STEP 5 If the child restraint has a top tether strap, the top tether strap should be latched onto the top tether strap anchor. (→P. 127) n Booster seat STEP 1 Place the booster seat on the seat facing the front of the vehicle. STEP 2 Sit the child in the booster seat. Fit the seat belt to the booster seat according to the manufacturer's instructions and insert the plate into the buckle. Make sure that the belt is not twisted. Check that the shoulder belt is correctly positioned over the child's shoulder, and that the lap belt is as low as possible. (→P. 68) 126 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 127 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information Removing a child restraint installed with a seat belt Push the buckle release button and fully retract the seat belt. 1 Before driving Second center seat: Release the center seat belt as shown in the illustration after removing the child restraint. Child restraint systems with a top tether strap (second seats only) n Outside seats STEP 1 Remove the head restraint. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 127 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 128 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information STEP 2 Slide the seats forward slightly if it is in the rear-most position. STEP 3 Front of vehicle Secure the child restraint using the seat belt. Latch the hook onto the anchor bracket and tighten the top tether strap. Make sure the top tether strap is securely latched. STEP 4 Replace the head restraint. STEP 5 Move the seats to the rear-most lock position. 128 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 129 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information n Center seat Open the anchor bracket cover. Secure the child restraint using the seat belt. Latch the hook onto the anchor bracket and tighten the top tether strap. n Laws and regulations pertaining to anchorages The LATCH system conforms to FMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2. Child restraint systems conforming to FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specifications can be used. This vehicle is designed to conform to the SAE J1819. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 129 Before driving Make sure the top tether strap is securely latched. 1 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 130 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information CAUTION n When installing a booster seat Do not fully extend the shoulder belt to prevent the belt from going to ALR lock mode. (→P. 71) ALR mode causes the belt to tighten only which could cause injury or discomfort to the child. n When installing a child restraint system Follow the directions given in the child restraint system installation manual and fix the child restraint system securely in place. If the child restraint system is not correctly fixed in place, the child or other passengers may be seriously injured or even killed in the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident. l If the driver's seat interferes with the child restraint system and prevents it from being attached correctly, attach the child restraint system to the righthand rear seat. l Adjust the front passenger seat or second seats so that it does not interfere with the child restraint system. l Only put a forward-facing or booster child seat on the front seat when unavoidable. When installing a forwardfacing or booster child seat on the front passenger seat, move the seat as far back as possible even if “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated. Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury if the airbags deploy (inflate). 130 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 131 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information CAUTION n When installing a child restraint system l When using the LATCH anchors for a child restraint system, move the seat as far back as possible (second seat only), with the seatback close to the child restraint system. l When a booster seat is installed, always ensure that the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of the child's shoulder. The belt should be kept away from the child's neck, but not so that it could fall off the child's shoulder. Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury in the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident. l Ensure that the belt and tab are securely locked and the seat belt is not twisted. l Push and pull the child seat from side to side and forward to be sure it is secure. l After securing a child restraint system, never adjust the seat. l Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system manufacturer. n Do not use a seat belt extender If a seat belt extender is used when installing a child restraint system, the seat belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident. n To correctly attach a child restraint system to the anchors When using the LATCH anchors, be sure that there are no foreign objects around the anchors and that the seat belt is not caught behind the child restraint. Make sure the child restraint system is securely attached, or it may cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of a sudden stop, sudden swerve or accident. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 131 1 Before driving l When installing a child restraint system in the rear center seat, adjust both seat cushions to the same position and align seatbacks at the same angle. Otherwise, the child restraint system cannot be securely restrained and this may cause death or serious injuries in the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 132 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 1-7. Safety information 132 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 134 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures Driving the vehicle The following procedures should be observed to ensure safe driving. n Starting the engine →P. 143, 147 n Driving STEP 1 With the brake pedal depressed, shift the shift lever to D. (→P. 150) STEP 2 Release the parking brake. STEP 3 Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate the vehicle. (→P. 154) n Stopping STEP 1 With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal. STEP 2 If necessary, set the parking brake. When the vehicle is stopped for an extended period of time, shift the shift lever to P or N. (→P. 150) n Parking the vehicle STEP 1 With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal. STEP 2 Set the parking brake. (→P. 154) STEP 3 Shift the shift lever to P. (→P. 150) When parking on a hill, if necessary, block the wheels. STEP 4 Vehicles without smart key system: Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position to stop the engine. Vehicles with smart key system: Press the “ENGINE START STOP” switch to stop the engine. STEP 5 134 RAV4_U Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your person. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 135 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures Starting on a steep uphill STEP 1 Firmly set the parking brake and shift the shift lever to D. STEP 2 Gently depress the accelerator pedal. STEP 3 Release the parking brake. n Driving in the rain l Drive carefully when it is raining, because visibility will be reduced, the windows may become fogged-up, and the road will be slippery. l Refrain from high speeds when driving on an expressway in the rain, because there may be a layer of water between the tires and the road surface, preventing the steering and brakes from operating properly. n Breaking in your new Toyota To extend the life of the vehicle, the following precautions are recommended to observe: l For the first 200 miles (300 km): Avoid sudden stops. l For the first 500 miles (800 km): Do not tow a trailer. l For the first 1000 miles (1600 km): • • • • Do not drive at extremely high speeds. Avoid sudden acceleration. Do not drive continuously in the low gears. Do not drive at a constant speed for extended periods. n Drum-in-disc type parking brake system Your vehicle has a drum-in-disc type parking brake system. This type of brake system needs bedding-down of the brake shoes periodically or whenever the parking brake shoes and/or drums are replaced. Have your Toyota dealer perform the bedding-down. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 135 When driving l Drive carefully when it starts to rain, because the road surface will be especially slippery. 2 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 136 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures n Operating your vehicle in a foreign country Comply with the relevant vehicle registration laws and confirm the availability of the correct fuel. (→P. 470) CAUTION n When starting the vehicle Always keep your foot on the brake pedal while stopped with the engine running. This prevents the vehicle from creeping. n When driving the vehicle l Do not drive if you are unfamiliar with the location of the brake and accelerator pedals to avoid depressing the wrong pedal. • Accidentally depressing the accelerator pedal instead of the brake pedal will result in sudden acceleration that may lead to an accident that could result in death or serious injury. • When backing up, you may twist your body around, leading to a difficulty in operating the pedals. Make sure to operate the pedals properly. • Make sure to keep a correct driving posture even when moving the vehicle only slightly, allowing you to depress the brake and accelerator pedals properly. • Depress the brake pedal using your right foot. Depressing the brake pedal using your left foot may delay response in an emergency, resulting in an accident. l Do not drive the vehicle over or stop the vehicle near flammable materials. The exhaust system and exhaust gases can be extremely hot. This may cause a fire if there is any flammable material nearby. l Do not let the vehicle roll backwards while the shift lever is in a driving position, or roll forward while the shift lever is in R. Doing so may cause the engine to stall or lead to poor brake and steering performance, resulting in an accident or damage to the vehicle. 136 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 137 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures CAUTION l If the smell of exhaust is noticed inside the vehicle, open the windows and check that the back door is closed. Large amounts of exhaust in the vehicle can cause driver drowsiness and an accident, resulting in death or a serious health hazard. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. l Do not under any circumstances shift the shift lever to P, R or N while the vehicle is moving. Doing so can cause significant damage to the transmission system and may result in a loss of vehicle control. l Do not turn the engine off while driving. The power steering and brake booster systems will not operate properly if the engine is not running. l Use engine braking (downshift) to maintain a safe speed when driving down a steep hill. Using the brakes continuously may cause the brakes to overheat and lose effectiveness. (→P. 151) l When stopped on an inclined surface, use the brake pedal and parking brake to prevent the vehicle from rolling backward or forward and causing an accident. l Do not adjust the position of the steering wheel, the seat, or the inside or outside rear view mirrors while driving. Doing so may result in a loss of vehicle control that can cause accidents that may result in death or serious injury. l Always check that all passengers' arms, heads or other parts of their bodies are not outside the vehicle, as this may result in death or serious injury. l Do not drive the vehicle off-road. This is not a 4WD vehicle designed for real off-road driving. Proceed with all due caution if it becomes unavoidable to drive off-road. l Do not drive across river crossings or through other bodies of water. This may cause electric/electronic components to short circuit, damage the engine or cause other serious damage to the vehicle. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 137 When driving l Do not shift the shift lever to N while the vehicle is moving. Doing so may cause the engine brake to not operate properly and lead to an accident. 2 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 138 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures CAUTION l Do not drive in excess of the speed limit. Even if the legal speed limit permits it, do not drive over 85 mph (140 km/h) unless your vehicle has highspeed capability tires. Driving over 85 mph (140 km/h) may result in tire failure, loss of control and possible injury. Be sure to consult a tire dealer to determine whether the tires on your vehicle are high-speed capability tires or not before driving at such speeds. n When driving on slippery road surfaces l Sudden braking, acceleration and steering may cause tire slippage and reduce your ability to control the vehicle, resulting in an accident. l Sudden changes in engine speed, such as engine braking caused by upshifting or down-shifting, may cause the vehicle to skid, resulting in an accident. l After driving through a puddle, lightly depress the brake pedal to make sure that the brakes are functioning properly. Wet brake pads may prevent the brakes from functioning properly. If the brakes on only one side are wet and not functioning properly, steering control may be affected, resulting in an accident. n When shifting the shift lever Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed. This may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may cause an accident and result in death or serious injury. n When the vehicle is stopped l Do not race the engine. If the vehicle is in any gear other than P or N, the vehicle may accelerate suddenly and unexpectedly, and may cause an accident. l Do not leave the vehicle with the engine running for a long time. If such a situation cannot be avoided, park the vehicle in an open space and check that exhaust fumes do not enter the vehicle interior. l Always keep a foot on the brake pedal while the engine is running to prevent an accident caused by the vehicle moving. 138 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 139 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures CAUTION n When the vehicle is parked l Do not leave glasses, cigarette lighters, spray cans, or soft drink cans in the vehicle when it is in the sun. Doing so may result in the following. l Do not touch the exhaust pipe while the engine is running or immediately after turning the engine off. Doing so may cause burns. l Do not leave the engine running in an area with snow build-up, or where it is snowing. If snowbanks build up around the vehicle while the engine is running, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious health hazard. n Exhaust gases Exhaust gases include harmful carbon monoxide (CO) that is colorless and odorless. Inhaling exhaust gases may lead to death or a serious health hazard. l If the vehicle is in a poorly ventilated area, stop the engine. In a closed area, such as a garage, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious health hazard. l The exhaust should be checked occasionally. If there is a hole or crack caused by corrosion, damage to a joint or abnormal exhaust noise, be sure to have the vehicle inspected and repaired by your Toyota dealer. Failure to do so may allow exhaust gases to enter the vehicle, resulting in death or a serious health hazard. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 139 2 When driving • Gas may leak from a cigarette lighter or spray can, and may lead to a fire. • The temperature inside the vehicle may cause the plastic lenses and plastic material of eye glasses to deform or crack. • Soft drink cans may fracture, causing the contents to spray over the interior of the vehicle, and may also cause a short circuit in the vehicle's electrical components. l Always apply the parking brake, shift the shift lever to P, stop the engine and lock the vehicle. Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is running. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 140 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures CAUTION n When taking a nap in the vehicle Always turn the engine off. Otherwise, you may accidentally move the shift lever or depress the accelerator pedal, which could cause an accident or fire due to engine overheating. Additionally, if the vehicle is parked in a poorly ventilated area, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle, leading to death or a serious health hazard. n When braking the vehicle l When the brakes are wet, drive more cautiously. Braking distance increases when the brakes are wet, and may cause one side of the vehicle to brake differently than the other side. Also the parking brake may not securely hold the vehicle. l If the power brake assist function does not operate, do not follow other vehicles closely and avoid downhills or sharp turns that require braking. In this case, braking is still possible, but it will require more force on the pedal than usual. Braking distance may also increase. l Do not pump the brake pedal if the engine stalls. Each push on the brake pedal uses up the reserve for the power-assisted brakes. l The brake system consists of 2 individual hydraulic systems: If one of the systems fails, the other will still operate. In this case, the brake pedal should be depressed more firmly than usual and braking distance becomes longer. Do not drive your vehicle with only a single brake system. Have your brakes fixed immediately. n If the vehicle becomes stuck or bogged (4WD models) Do not spin the wheels recklessly when any of the tires is up in the air, or stuck in sand or mud etc. This may damage the drive system components or propel the vehicle forward (or in another direction) and cause an accident. 140 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 141 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures NOTICE n When driving the vehicle Do not use the accelerator pedal or depress the accelerator and brake pedals together to hold the vehicle on a hill. n When parking the vehicle Always put the shift lever in P. Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to move or the vehicle may accelerate suddenly if the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed. 2 n Avoiding damage to vehicle parts l When driving over bumps in the road, drive as slowly as possible to avoid damaging the wheels, underside of the vehicle, etc. n If you hear a squealing or scraping noise (brake pad wear limit indicators) Have the brake pads checked and replaced by your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. The rotor damage can result if the pads are not replaced when needed. It is dangerous to drive the vehicle when the wear limits of the brake pads and/or those of the brake discs are exceeded. n If you get a flat tire while driving A flat or damaged tire may cause the following situations. Hold the steering wheel firmly and gradually press the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle. l It may be difficult to control your vehicle. l The vehicle will make abnormal sounds. l The vehicle will behave abnormally. Replace the flat tire with a new one. (→P. 439) I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 141 When driving l Do not turn the steering wheel fully in either direction and hold it there for a long time. Doing so may damage the power steering motor. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 142 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures NOTICE n When encountering flooded roads Do not drive on a road that has flooded after heavy rain etc. Doing so may cause the following serious damage to the vehicle. l Engine stalling l Short in electrical components l Engine damage caused by water immersion In the event that you drive on a flooded road and the vehicle is flooded, be sure to have your Toyota dealer check the following. l Brake function l Changes in quantity and quality of oil and fluid used for the engine, transaxle, transfer (4WD models), rear differential (4WD models), etc. l Lubricant condition for the propeller shaft (4WD models), bearings and suspension joints (where possible) and the function of all joints, bearings, etc. 142 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 143 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles with smart key system) Performing the following operations when carrying the electronic key on your person starts the engine or changes “ENGINE START STOP” switch modes. n Starting the engine The engine can be started in any mode by operating the “ENGINE START STOP” switch at the same time as depressing the brake pedal. 2 Check that the parking brake is set. STEP 2 Check that the shift lever is set in P. STEP 3 Sit in the driver’s seat and firmly depress the brake pedal. The “ENGINE START STOP” switch indicator turns green. If the indicator does not turn green, the engine cannot be started. STEP 4 Press the “ENGINE START STOP” switch. The engine will crank until it starts or for up to 30 seconds, whichever is less. Continue depressing the brake pedal until the engine is completely started. The engine can be started from any mode. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 143 When driving STEP 1 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 144 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures n Changing “ENGINE START STOP” switch mode Modes can be changed by pressing the “ENGINE START STOP” switch with the brake pedal released. (The mode changes each time the switch is pressed.) OFF* The emergency flashers can be used. ACCESSORY mode Some electrical components such as the audio system can be used. The “ENGINE START STOP” switch indicator turns amber. IGNITION ON mode All electrical components can be used. The “ENGINE START STOP” switch indicator turns amber. *: If the shift lever is in a position other than P when turning off the engine, the “ENGINE START STOP” switch will be turned to ACCESSORY mode, not to OFF. 144 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 145 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures n Steering lock release Make sure that the steering wheel lock is released. To release the steering wheel lock, gently turn the wheel left or right while pressing the “ENGINE START STOP” switch. When the steering wheel lock does not release, the “ENGINE START STOP” switch indicator will flash green. The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (→P. 92) n When the “ENGINE START STOP” switch indicator flashes in amber The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. n Auto power off function If the vehicle is left in ACCESSORY mode for more than an hour with the shift lever in P, the “ENGINE START STOP” switch will automatically turn OFF. n Electronic key battery depletion →P. 32 n When the electronic key battery is discharged →P. 385 n Conditions affecting operation →P. 30 n Note for the entry function →P. 32 I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 145 When driving n If the engine does not start 2 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 146 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures CAUTION n When starting the engine Always start the engine while sitting in the driver's seat. Do not depress the accelerator pedal while starting the engine under any circumstances. Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury. n Stopping the engine in an emergency If you want to stop the engine in an emergency while driving the vehicle, push and hold the “ENGINE START STOP” switch for more than 3 seconds. However, do not touch the “ENGINE START STOP” switch while driving except in an emergency. If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven, this could lead to an unexpected accident. NOTICE n To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the “ENGINE START STOP” switch in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode for long periods without the engine running. n When starting the engine l Do not race a cold engine. l If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have the engine checked immediately. 146 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 147 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles without smart key system) n Starting the engine STEP 1 Check that the parking brake is set. STEP 2 Check that the shift lever is set in P. STEP 3 Sit in the driver’s seat and firmly depress the brake pedal. STEP 4 Turn the engine switch to the “START” position to start the engine. n Engine (ignition) switch 2 “LOCK” “ACC” Some electrical components such as the audio system can be used. “ON” All electrical components can be used. “START” For starting the engine. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 147 When driving The steering wheel is locked and the key can be removed. (The key can be removed only when the shift lever is in “P”.) Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 148 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures n Turning the key from “ACC” to “LOCK” STEP 1 Shift the shift lever to P. (→P. 150) STEP 2 Push in the key and turn to the “LOCK” position. n Steering lock release When starting the engine, the engine switch may seem stuck in the “LOCK” position. To free it, turn the key while turning the steering wheel slightly in either direction. n If the engine does not start The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (→P. 92) n Key reminder function A buzzer sounds if the driver’s door is opened, while the engine switch is in the “LOCK” or “ACC” position to remind you to remove the key. CAUTION n When starting the engine Always start the engine while sitting in the driver's seat. Do not press the accelerator while starting the engine under any circumstances. Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury. n Caution when driving Do not turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position while driving. If, in an emergency, you must turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving, turn the key only to the “ACC” position. 148 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 149 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures NOTICE n To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the key in the “ACC” or “ON” position for a long period if the engine is not running. n When starting the engine l Do not crank for more than 30 seconds at a time. This may overheat the starter and wiring systems. 2 l Do not race a cold engine. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 149 When driving l If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have the engine checked immediately. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 150 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures Automatic transmission Select a shift position appropriate for the driving conditions. n Shifting the shift lever 4-speed models 5-speed models 150 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 151 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures Vehicles without smart key system: While the engine switch is in the “ON” position, depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever. Vehicles with smart key system: While the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in IGNITION ON mode, depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever. 2 n Shift position uses Function 4-speed models When driving Shift position 5-speed models P Parking the vehicle/starting the engine R Reversing N Neutral D Normal driving* Position for engine braking 4 3,2 Position for more powerful engine braking L Position for maximum engine braking *: To improve fuel efficiency and reduce noises, set the shift lever in the “D” position for normal driving. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 151 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 152 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures n Downshifting restrictions The shift lever cannot be downshifted if the following speeds are exceeded. 4-speed models (2WD) mph (km/h) Downshifting Maximum speed 3→2 75 (121) 2→L 37 (60) 4-speed models (4WD) mph (km/h) Downshifting Maximum speed 3→2 72 (117) 2→L 36 (58) 5-speed models mph (km/h) Downshifting Maximum speed 4→3 100 (161) 3→2 62 (99) 2→L 26 (42) n When driving with the cruise control system 4-speed models Engine braking will not occur when downshifting from D to 3. (→P. 172) 5-speed models Engine braking will not occur when downshifting from D to 4. (→P. 172) n If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P →P. 453 152 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 153 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures Turn signal lever Right turn Left turn Move and hold the lever partway to signal a lane change. The right hand signal will flash until you release the lever. The left hand signal will flash until you release the lever. n Turn signals can be operated when Vehicles without smart key system The engine switch is in the “ON” position. Vehicles with smart key system The “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in IGNITION ON mode. n If the indicators flash faster than usual Check that a light bulb in the front or rear turn signal lights has not burned out. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 153 2 When driving Move and hold the lever partway to signal a lane change. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 154 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures Parking brake Canada U.S.A. Sets the parking brake Fully apply the parking brake while depressing the brake pedal. Releases the parking brake Slightly raise the lever and lower it completely while pressing the button. NOTICE n Before driving Fully release the parking brake. Driving the vehicle with the parking brake set will lead to brake components overheating, which may affect braking performance and increase brake wear. 154 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 155 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-1. Driving procedures Horn To sound the horn, press on or close to the mark. 2 When driving n After adjusting the steering wheel Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked. The horn may not sound if the steering wheel is not securely locked. (→P. 77) I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 155 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 156 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-2. Instrument cluster Gauges and meters Vehicles without smart key system The following gauges, meters and displays illuminate when the engine switch is in the “ON” position. Vehicles with smart key system The following gauges, meters and displays illuminate when the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in IGNITION ON mode. Tachometer Displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute. Speedometer Displays the vehicle speed. Engine coolant temperature gauge Displays the engine coolant temperature. Fuel gauge Displays the quantity of fuel remaining in the tank. 156 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 157 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-2. Instrument cluster Trip information display →P. 162 Automatic transmission shift position indicator lights →P. 150 Odometer/trip meter Odometer Displays the total distance the vehicle has been driven. 2 Odometer/trip meter switching and trip meter resetting button Switches between odometer and trip meter displays. Pushing and holding the button will reset the trip meter when the trip meter is being displayed. Instrument panel light control The brightness of the instrument panel lights can be adjusted. Brighter Darker When the headlight switch is turned on, the brightness will be reduced slightly unless the control dial is turned fully up. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 157 When driving Trip meter Displays the distance the vehicle has been driven since the meter was last reset. Trip meters A and B can be used to record and display different distances independently. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 158 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-2. Instrument cluster NOTICE n To prevent damage to the engine and its components l Do not let the indicator needle of the tachometer enter the red zone, which indicates the maximum engine speed. l The engine may be overheating if the temperature gauge is in the red zone (H). In this case, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place, and check the engine after it has cooled completely. (→P. 460) 158 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 159 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-2. Instrument cluster Indicators and warning lights The indicator and warning lights on the instrument cluster and center panel inform the driver of the status of the vehicle’s various systems. n Instrument cluster 2 When driving n Center panel I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 159 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 160 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-2. Instrument cluster n Indicators The indicators inform the driver of the operating state of the vehicle’s various systems. Turn signal indicator (→P. 153) Headlight indicator (→P. 165) (U.S.A.) Headlight high beam indicator (→P. 165) Tail light indicator (→P. 165) (Canada) * (if equipped) * Downhill assist control system indicator (→P. 189) Front fog light indicator (→P. 168) (if equipped) * Slip indicator (→P. 181) “AUTO LSD” indicator (→P. 182) (2WD models) * * Four-wheel drive lock indicator (→P. 192) (4WD models) * VSC OFF indicator (→P. 182) “AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF” indicator (→P. 110) Cruise control indicator (→P. 172) * Engine immobilizer system indicator (→P. 92) “TRAC OFF” indicator (→P. 183) (4WD models) *: These lights turn on when the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart key system) or the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without smart key system) to indicate that a system check is being performed. They will turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There may be a malfunction in a system if a light does not come on, or if the lights do not turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer for details. 160 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 161 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-2. Instrument cluster n Warning lights Warning lights inform the driver of malfunctions in any of the vehicle’s systems. (→P. 422) * (Canada) * * (U.S.A.) * * (U.S.A.) * (Canada) * * (if equipped) * (U.S.A.) * * (Canada) * 2 (if equipped) When driving (U.S.A.) * * (if equipped)(4WD models) *: These lights turn on when the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart key system) or the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without smart key system) to indicate that a system check is being performed. They will turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There may be a malfunction in a system if a light does not come on, or if the lights do not turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer for details. CAUTION n If a safety system warning light does not come on Should a safety system light such as the ABS and SRS airbag warning light not come on when you start the engine, this could mean that these systems are not available to help protect you in an accident, which could result in death or serious injury. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately if this occurs. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 161 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 162 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-2. Instrument cluster Trip information display The trip information display presents the driver with a variety of driving-related data, including the current outside temperature. Trip information (→P. 163) Displays outside temperature, fuel consumption. 162 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 163 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-2. Instrument cluster Trip information Type A Push the “DISP” button to display trip information. Display items can be switched by pressing the “DISP” button. 2 Push the “DISP” button to display trip information. Display items can be switched by pressing the “DISP” button. n Outside temperature Indicates the outside temperature. The temperature range that can be displayed is from -40°F (-40°C) to 122°F (50°C). When the outside air temperature falls below 37°F (3°C) while driving, the temperature display flashes to indicate that the outside air temperature is becoming low. n Instantaneous fuel consumption Displays the instantaneous fuel consumption. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 163 When driving Type B Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 164 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-2. Instrument cluster n Average fuel consumption Displays the average fuel consumption since the function was reset. To reset the calculations, return the mode to “AVG” and push and hold the “DISP” button until the display shows “0”. n Display In the following situations, the correct outside temperature may not be displayed, or the display may take longer than normal to change. l When stopped, or driving at low speeds (less than 12 mph [20 km/h]) l When the outside temperature has changed suddenly (at the entrance/exit of a garage, tunnel, etc.) 164 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 165 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-3. Operating the lights and wipers Headlight switch The headlights can be operated manually or automatically. The side marker, parking, tail, license plate and instrument panel lights turn on. The headlights and all lights listed above turn on. U.S.A.Canada The headlights and parking lights turn on and off automatically. (When the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch is in ON) Turning on the high beam headlights With the headlights on, push the lever forward to turn on the high beams. Pull the lever back to the center position to turn the high beams off. Pull the lever toward you to turn on the high beams. Release the lever to turn them off. You can flash the high beams with the headlights on or off. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 165 When driving (if equipped) 2 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 166 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-3. Operating the lights and wipers n Daytime running light system (if equipped) To make your vehicle more visible to other drivers, the headlights turn on automatically (at a reduced intensity) whenever the engine is started and the parking brake is released. Daytime running lights are not designed for use at night. n Headlight control sensor (with automatic light control system) The sensor may not function properly if an object is placed on the sensor, or anything that blocks the sensor is affixed to the windshield. Doing so interferes with the sensor detecting the level of ambient light and may cause the automatic headlight system to malfunction. n Automatic light off system Vehicles without smart key system: The headlights and tail lights turn off 30 seconds after driver’s door is opened and closed if the engine switch has been turned to “ACC” or “LOCK” position. To turn the lights on again, turn the engine switch to the “ON” position, or turn the headlight switch off and then back to or . Vehicles with smart key system: The headlights and tail lights turn off 30 seconds after driver’s door is opened and closed if the “ENGINE START STOP” switch has been turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned OFF. To turn the lights on again, turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch to IGNITION ON mode, or turn the headlight switch off and then back to . n Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer Settings (e.g. light sensor sensitivity) can be deactivated. (Customizable features →P. 491) 166 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: or Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 167 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-3. Operating the lights and wipers NOTICE n To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the lights on longer than necessary when the engine is not running. 2 When driving I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 167 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 168 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-3. Operating the lights and wipers Fog light switch∗ The fog lights improve visibility in difficult driving conditions, such as in rain or fog. They can be turned on only when the headlights are on low beam. Off Front fog lights on ∗: If equipped 168 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 169 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-3. Operating the lights and wipers Windshield wipers and washer Wiper intervals can be adjusted for intermittent operation. Intermittent windshield wiper operation Low speed windshield wiper operation High speed windshield wiper operation 2 Temporary operation When driving Increases the intermittent windshield wiper frequency Decreases the intermittent windshield wiper frequency I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 169 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 170 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-3. Operating the lights and wipers Wash/wipe operation Wipers operate automatically. n The windshield wipers and washer can be operated when Vehicles without smart key system The engine switch is in the “ON” position. Vehicles with smart key system The “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in IGNITION ON mode. n If no windshield washer fluid sprays Check that the washer nozzles are not blocked and if there is washer fluid in the windshield washer fluid reservoir. NOTICE n When the windshield is dry Do not use the wipers, as they may damage the windshield. n When there is no washer fluid spray from the nozzle Damage to the washer fluid pump may be caused if the lever is pulled toward you and held continually. n When a nozzle is blocked Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged. 170 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 171 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-3. Operating the lights and wipers Rear window wiper and washer Intermittent window wiper operation Normal window wiper operation Washer/wiper dual operation Washer/wiper dual operation 2 When driving n The rear window wiper and washer can be operated when Vehicles without smart key system The engine switch is in the “ON” position. Vehicles with smart key system The “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in IGNITION ON mode. NOTICE n When the rear window is dry Do not use the wipers, as they may damage the rear window. n When a nozzle is blocked Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 171 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 172 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-4. Using other driving systems Cruise control Use cruise control to maintain a set speed without using the accelerator. Indicator Cruise control switch n Setting the vehicle speed STEP 1 Turn the “ON-OFF” button on. Press the button once more to deactivate the cruise control. STEP 2 172 RAV4_U Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed and push the lever down to set the cruise control speed. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 173 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-4. Using other driving systems n Adjusting the speed setting Increase speed Decrease speed Hold the lever until the desired speed setting is obtained. Fine adjustment of the set speed can be made by lightly pushing the lever up or down and releasing it. Cancel Push the lever towards you to cancel cruise control. The speed setting is also canceled when the brakes are applied. Resume To resume cruise control and return to the set speed, push the lever up. n Cruise control can be set when l The shift lever is in D or 3 (4-speed models), or D or 4 (5-speed models). l Vehicle speed is above approximately 25 mph (40 km/h). Within the limits of the engine’s capabilities, cruising speed can be maintained up or down grades. n Accelerating The vehicle can be accelerated normally. After acceleration, the set speed resumes. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 173 When driving n Canceling and resuming regular acceleration 2 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 174 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-4. Using other driving systems n Coast braking function l Holding the lever down to decrease the set speed activates the brake system automatically, decelerating the vehicle quickly. While the brake system is operating, the stop lights and high mounted stoplight will turn on. l A sound may be heard from the engine compartment during the operation of the brake system. The sound means the brake system is operating and it does not indicate a malfunction. n Automatic cruise control cancellation The set speed is automatically cancelled in any of the following situations. l Actual vehicle speed falls more than 10 mph (16 km/h) below the preset vehicle speed. At this time, the memorized set speed is not retained. l Actual vehicle speed is below 25 mph (40 km/h). l Enhanced VSC is activated. n If the cruise control indicator light flashes Turn the “ON-OFF” button off once, and then reactivate the system. If the cruise control speed cannot be set or if the cruise control cancels immediately after being activated, there may be a malfunction in the cruise control system. Contact your Toyota dealer and have your Toyota inspected. CAUTION n To avoid operating the cruise control by mistake Keep the “ON-OFF” button off when not in use. n Situations unsuitable for cruise control Do not use cruise control in any of the following situations. Doing so may result in control of the vehicle being lost and could cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury. l In heavy traffic l On roads with sharp bends l On winding roads l On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow l On steep hills 174 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 175 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-4. Using other driving systems Rear view monitor system (vehicles with auto anti-glare inside rear view mirror) The rear view monitor system assists the driver by displaying an image of the area behind the vehicle. The image is displayed in reverse on the screen. This reversed image is a similar image to the one on the inside rear view mirror. The rear view image is displayed when the shift lever is in the R position. 2 If the shift lever is shifted out of R, the screen is turned off. When driving I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 175 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 176 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-4. Using other driving systems n Displayed area Vehicles without spare tire The area covered by the camera is limited. Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper cannot be seen on the screen. The area displayed on the screen may vary according to vehicle orientation or road conditions. Corners of bumper Vehicles with spare tire The area covered by the camera is limited. Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper cannot be seen on the screen. The area displayed on the screen may vary according to vehicle orientation or road conditions. Spare tire The area displayed on the screen is reduced because the spare tire partially blocks the field of view of the camera. Also, the rear mounted spare tire extends past the rear bumper. Corners of bumper 176 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 177 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-4. Using other driving systems n Rear view monitor system camera Vehicles without spare tire In the following cases, it may become difficult to see the images on the screen, even when the system is functioning correctly. l The vehicle is in a dark area, such as at night. l The temperature near the lens is extremely high or low. l Foreign matter, such as snow or mud, adheres to the camera lens. l The sun or headlights are shining directly into the camera lens. Vehicles with spare tire In the following cases, it may become difficult to see the images on the screen, even when the system is functioning correctly. l The vehicle is in a dark area, such as at night. l The temperature near the lens is extremely high or low. l Water droplets are on the camera lens or humidity is high, such as when it rains. l Foreign matter, such as snow or mud, adheres to the camera lens. l The sun or headlights are shining directly into the camera lens. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 177 When driving l Water droplets are on the camera lens or humidity is high, such as when it rains. 2 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 178 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-4. Using other driving systems n Smear effect If a bright light, such as sunlight reflected off the vehicle body, is picked up by the camera, a smear effect* characteristic to the camera may occur. *: Smear effect: A phenomenon that occurs when a bright light is picked up by the camera; when transmitted by the camera, the light source appears to have a vertical streak above and below it. n The rear view monitor system can be used when Vehicles without smart key system The engine switch is in the “ON” position, the back door is closed and the shift lever is in R. Vehicles with smart key system The “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in IGNITION ON mode, the back door is closed and the shift lever is in R. n To turn off the rear view monitor display Press the “AUTO” switch. The indicator turns amber. Pressing the “AUTO” switch again turns the display back on. In the following situations, the display will be re-enabled if it has been turned off. Vehicles without smart key system The engine switch is turned to the “ON” position. Vehicles with smart key system The “ENGINE START STOP” switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode. 178 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 179 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-4. Using other driving systems CAUTION n When using the rear view monitor system Observe the following precautions to avoid an accident that could result in death or serious injuries. l Never depend solely on the monitor system when reversing. l Always check visually and with the mirrors to confirm your intended path is clear. l Depicted distances between objects and flat surfaces differ from actual distances. n Conditions which may affect the rear view monitor system l If the back of the vehicle has been hit, the camera’s position and mounting angle may have changed. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. l Rapid temperature changes, such as when hot water is poured on the vehicle in cold weather, may cause the system to function abnormally. l If the camera lens is dirty, it cannot transmit a clear image. Rinse with water and wipe with a soft cloth. If the camera lens is extremely dirty, wash with a mild cleanser and rinse. l The displayed image may be darker and moving images may be slightly distorted when the system is cold. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 179 When driving l Vehicles with spare tire: The spare tire is the rear-most edge of the vehicle extending past the rear bumper. Take care not to hit any obstacles with the spare tire while reversing. 2 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 180 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-4. Using other driving systems Driving assist systems To help enhance driving safety and performance, the following systems operate automatically in response to various driving situations. Be aware, however, that these systems are supplementary and should not be relied upon too heavily when operating the vehicle. n ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) Helps to prevent wheel lock when the brakes are applied suddenly, or if the brakes are applied while driving on a slippery road surface. n Brake assist Generates an increased level of braking force after the brake pedal is depressed, when the system detects a panic stop situation. n Enhanced VSC (Enhanced Vehicle Stability Control) Helps the driver to control skidding when swerving suddenly or turning on slippery road surfaces. n TRAC (Traction Control) Maintains drive power and prevents the drive wheels from spinning when starting the vehicle or accelerating on slippery roads. n AUTO LSD function (2WD models) The AUTO LSD function is activated when the system is in TRAC off mode. It operates when one of the drive wheels is spinning, such as when the wheel is spinning freely on ice or mud. The system applies the brakes to the spinning wheel and transfers some of the torque to the other wheel to secure drive power. n Active torque control 4WD system (4WD models) Automatically switches from front-wheel drive to four-wheel drive (4WD) according to the driving conditions, helping to ensure reliable handling and stability. Examples of conditions where the system will switch to 4WD are when cornering, going uphill, starting off or accelerating, and when the road surface is slippery due to snow, rain, etc. n EPS (Electric Power Steering) Employs an electric motor to reduce the amount of effort needed to turn the steering wheel. 180 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 181 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-4. Using other driving systems n Hill-start assist control (if equipped) (→P. 187) n Downhill assist control system (if equipped) (→P. 189) When the Enhanced VSC/TRAC are operating 2 A buzzer (intermittent) sounds to indicate that Enhanced VSC is operating. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 181 When driving If the vehicle is in danger of slipping or if spins, the slip indicator light flashes to indicate that the Enhanced VSC/TRAC systems are operating. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 182 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-4. Using other driving systems To disable TRAC and/or Enhanced VSC (2WD models) If the vehicle gets stuck in fresh snow or mud, TRAC and Enhanced VSC may reduce power from the engine to the wheels. You may need to turn the system off to enable you to rock the vehicle in order to free it. The AUTO LSD function is activated when the system is in TRAC off mode. n Turning off TRAC Quickly push and release the button to turn off TRAC. The “AUTO LSD” and VSC OFF indicator lights should come on. While the AUTO LSD function is operating the slip indicator light flashes. Push the button again to turn the system back on. n Turning off TRAC and Enhanced VSC Push and hold the button while the vehicle is stopped to turn off TRAC and Enhanced VSC. The VSC OFF indicator light should come on. Push the button again to turn the system back on. 182 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 183 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-4. Using other driving systems To disable TRAC and/or Enhanced VSC (4WD models) If the vehicle gets stuck in fresh snow or mud, TRAC and Enhanced VSC may reduce power from the engine to the wheels. You may need to turn the system off to enable you to rock the vehicle in order to free it. n Turning off TRAC Quickly push and release the button to turn off TRAC. Push the button again to turn the system back on. n Turning off TRAC and Enhanced VSC Push and hold the button while the vehicle is stopped to turn off TRAC and Enhanced VSC. The “TRAC OFF” and VSC OFF indicator lights should come on. Push the button again to turn the system back on. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 183 When driving The “TRAC OFF” indicator light should come on. 2 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 184 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-4. Using other driving systems n Automatic reactivation of TRAC and Enhanced VSC Vehicles without smart key system Turning the engine switch OFF after turning off the TRAC and Enhanced VSC systems will automatically re-enable them. Vehicles with smart key system Turning the “ENGINE START STOP” switch OFF after turning off the TRAC and Enhanced VSC systems will automatically re-enable them. n Automatic TRAC reactivation 2WD models If only the TRAC system is turned off, the TRAC system will be reactivated while vehicle speed is increased. 4WD models If only the TRAC system is turned off, the TRAC system will turn on when vehicle speed increases. n Automatic TRAC and Enhanced VSC reactivation If the TRAC and Enhanced VSC systems are turned off, the systems will not turn on even when vehicle speed increases. n Sounds and vibrations caused by the ABS, TRAC and Enhanced VSC l A sound may be heard from the engine compartment when the engine is started or just after the vehicle begins to move. This sound does not indicate that a malfunction has occurred in any of these systems. l Any of the following conditions may occur when the above systems are operating. None of these indicates that a malfunction has occurred. • • • • Vibrations may be felt through the vehicle body and steering. A motor sound may be heard after the vehicle comes to a stop. The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is activated. The brake pedal may move down slightly after the ABS is activated. n When the AUTO LSD function operates continuously The brake actuator may overheat. In that case, the system will stop the AUTO LSD function, a buzzer will sound and the slip indicator will stay on steady. Refrain from using the AUTO LSD function until the slip indicator goes off. (There is no problem with continuing driving normally.) 184 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 185 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-4. Using other driving systems n EPS operation sound When the steering wheel operates, a motor sound (whirring sound) may be heard. This does not indicate a malfunction. n Reduced effectiveness of EPS The effectiveness of EPS is reduced to prevent the system from overheating when there is frequent steering input over an extended period of time. The steering wheel may feel heavy as a result. Should this occur, refrain from excessive steering input or stop the vehicle and turn the engine off. The system should return to normal within 10 minutes. It may indicate a malfunction in the Enhanced VSC, TRAC and AUTO LSD function. Contact your Toyota dealer. CAUTION n The ABS does not operate effectively when l Tires with inadequate gripping ability are used (such as excessively worn tires on a snow covered road). l The vehicle hydroplanes while driving at high speed on wet or slick road. n Stopping distance when the ABS is operating on the wet or slick roads The ABS is not designed to shorten the vehicle's stopping distance. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you in the following situations. l When driving on dirt, gravel or snow-covered roads l When driving with tire chains l When driving over bumps in the road l When driving over roads with potholes or uneven roads n TRAC may not operate effectively when Directional control and power may not be achievable while driving on slippery road surfaces, even if the TRAC system is operating. Do not drive the vehicle in conditions where stability and power may be lost. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 185 When driving n If the slip indicator comes on 2 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 186 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-4. Using other driving systems CAUTION n When the Enhanced VSC is activated The slip indicator flashes and a warning buzzer sounds. Always drive carefully. Reckless driving may cause an accident. Exercise particular care when the indicator light flashes and a buzzer sounds. n When TRAC and Enhanced VSC are off Be especially careful and drive at a speed appropriate to the road conditions. As these are systems to ensure vehicle stability and driving force, do not turn off TRAC and Enhanced VSC unless necessary. n Replacing tires Make sure that all tires are of the same size, brand, tread pattern and total load capacity. In addition, make sure that the tires are inflated to the appropriate tire pressure level. The ABS and Enhanced VSC systems will not function correctly if different tires are fitted on the vehicle. Contact your Toyota dealer for further information when replacing tires or wheels. n Handling of tires and suspension Using tires with any kind of problem or modifying the suspension will affect the driving assist systems, and may cause the system to malfunction. 186 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 187 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-4. Using other driving systems Hill-start assist control∗ Hill-start assist control helps to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards when starting on an incline or slippery slope. To engage hill-start assist control, further depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped completely. n Hill-start assist control operating conditions • The shift lever is in a position other than P. • The parking brake is not applied. • The accelerator pedal is not depressed. n Hill-start assist control l While hill-start assist control is operating, the brakes remain automatically applied after the driver releases the brake pedal. The stop lights and the high mounted stoplight turn on. l Hill-start assist control operates for about 2 seconds after the brake pedal is released. l If the slip indicator does not flash and the buzzer does not sound when the brake pedal is further depressed, slightly reduce the pressure on the brake pedal (do not allow the vehicle to roll backward) and then firmly depress it again. If the system still does not operate, check if the operating conditions explained above have been met. ∗: If equipped I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 187 2 When driving A buzzer will sound once to indicate the system is activated. The slip indicator will also start flashing. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 188 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-4. Using other driving systems n Hill-start assist control buzzer l When hill-start assist control is activated, the buzzer will sound once when the shift lever is in a position other than R. l In the following situations, hill-start assist control will be canceled and the buzzer will sound twice when the shift lever is in a position other than R. • No attempt is made to drive the vehicle within approximately 2 seconds of releasing the brake pedal. • The shift lever is moved to P. • The parking brake is applied. • The brake pedal is depressed again. l When the shift lever is in R, the buzzer indicating the start and end of the operation does not sound. Use the slip indicator status (flashing or off) to confirm if hill-start assist control is operating. n If the slip indicator comes on It may indicate a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota dealer. CAUTION n Hill-start assist control l Hill-start assist control may not operate effectively on extremely steep inclines or roads covered in ice. l Do not use hill-start assist control to stop or park the vehicle on an incline. 188 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 189 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-4. Using other driving systems Downhill assist control system∗ With the downhill assist control system, the vehicle is able to descend a steep hill while maintaining a constant low speed of about 3 mph (5 km/h) without brake pedal operation. n Activating the downhill assist control system Press the “DAC” switch. The downhill assist control system indicator will come on to indicate that the downhill assist control system is activated. While the downhill assist control system is operating The slip indicator will flash to indicate that the downhill assist control system is operating, and the stop lights and high mounted stoplight will turn on. ∗: If equipped I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 189 When driving Pressing the switch again turns the system off. 2 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 190 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-4. Using other driving systems n Conditions in which the downhill assist control system does not operate or will stop operating l In the following situations, the downhill assist control system indicator flashes and the downhill assist control system does not operate or will stop operating: • The shift lever is not in L or R. • The vehicle speed is higher than 15 mph (25 km/h). l If the accelerate or brake pedal is depressed, the downhill assist control system will stop operating with the downhill assist control system indicator stayed on. n If the “DAC” switch is turned off while the downhill assist control system is operating The downhill assist control system gradually ceases operation. The downhill assist control system indicator will flash during the canceling operation, and then go off when the system is fully off. n Downhill assist control system operation sound l A sound may be heard from the engine compartment while the downhill assist control system is operating. This sound does not indicate a malfunction. l If the accelerator or brake pedal is depressed while the downhill assist control system is operating, a sound caused by the release of system operation may be heard, or you may feel the brake pedal push-back. This does not indicate a malfunction. n When the downhill assist control system operates continuously The brake actuator may overheat. In that case, the downhill assist control system will stop operating, a buzzer will sound and the downhill assist control system indicator will start flashing. Refrain from using the system until the downhill assist control system indicator stays on. (There is no problem with continuing driving normally.) n If the slip indicator comes on It may indicate a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota dealer. 190 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 191 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-4. Using other driving systems CAUTION n Conditions which may affect the downhill assist control system operation l Do not rely too heavily on the downhill assist control system. On extremely steep inclines, icy surfaces or muddy roads, the vehicle may slip and the system may not be able to maintain the constant low vehicle speed of about 3 mph (5 km/h), leading to an accident causing death or serious injury. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 191 2 When driving l Do not shift the shift lever to R while driving forward, or to D while driving backward. Doing so may cause the wheels to lock up, leading to an accident causing death or serious injury. In addition, excessive stress will be applied to the automatic transmission, possibly resulting in damage. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 192 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-4. Using other driving systems Four-wheel drive lock switch (4WD models) Four-wheel drive lock mode can be used when a large amount of drive power needs to be applied to all the wheels, such as when the vehicle gets stuck in mud and you need to free it. Press the switch. The torque of the engine is distributed to the rear wheels to the maximum extent possible in accordance with driving conditions. Pressing the switch again cancels four-wheel drive lock mode and returns the active torque control 4WD system to normal mode. (→P. 180) n Four-wheel drive lock mode can be operated when Vehicles without smart key system The engine switch is in the “ON” position. Vehicles with smart key system The “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in IGNITION ON mode. n Four-wheel drive lock mode l Four-wheel drive lock mode is canceled when the brakes are applied to ensure the ABS and Enhanced VSC systems operate effectively. l Four-wheel drive lock mode is canceled when the vehicle speed exceeds 25 mph (40 km/h). 192 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 193 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information Utility vehicle precautions This vehicle belongs to the utility vehicle class, which has higher ground clearance and narrower tread in relation to the height of its center of gravity to make it capable of performing in a wide variety of off-road applications. Off-road vehicle feature l An advantage of the higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems. l It is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as ordinary passenger cars any more than low-slung sports cars designed to perform satisfactorily under off-road conditions. Therefore, sharp turns at excessive speeds may cause rollover. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 193 2 When driving l Specific design characteristics give it a higher center of gravity than ordinary passenger cars. This vehicle design feature causes this type of vehicle to be more likely to rollover. And, utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 194 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information CAUTION n Off-road vehicle precautions Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of serious personal injury or damage to your vehicle: l In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. Therefore, the driver and all passengers should fasten their seat belts whenever the vehicle is moving. l Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, if at all possible. Failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury. l Loading cargo on the roof luggage carrier will make the center of the vehicle gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden braking or abrupt maneuvers, otherwise it may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover due to failure to operate this vehicle correctly. l Always slow down in gusty crosswinds. Because of its profile and higher center of gravity, your vehicle is more sensitive to side winds than an ordinary passenger car. Slowing down will allow you to have better control. l Do not drive horizontally across steep slopes. Driving straight up or straight down is preferred. Your vehicle (or any similar off-road vehicle) can tip over sideways much more easily than forward or backward. 194 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 195 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information Off-road driving When driving your vehicle off-road, please observe the following precautions to ensure your driving enjoyment and to help prevent the closure of areas to off-road vehicles. l Drive your vehicle only in areas where off-road vehicles are permitted to travel. l Respect private property. Get owner’s permission before entering private property. 2 l Do not enter areas that are closed. Honor gates, barriers and signs that restrict travel. When driving l Stay on established roads. When conditions are wet, driving techniques should be changed or travel delayed to prevent damage to roads. n Additional information for off-road driving For owners in U.S. mainland, Hawaii and Puerto Rico: To obtain additional information pertaining to driving your vehicle off-road, consult the following organizations. l State and Local Parks and Recreation Departments l State Motor Vehicle Bureau l Recreational Vehicle Clubs l U.S. Forest Service and Bureau of Land Management I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 195 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 196 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information CAUTION n Off-road driving precautions Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of death or serious personal injury or damage to your vehicle: l Drive carefully when off the road. Do not take unnecessary risks by driving in dangerous places. l Do not grip the steering wheel spokes when driving off-road. A bad bump could jerk the wheel and injure your hands. Keep both hands and especially your thumbs on the outside of the rim. l Always check your brakes for effectiveness immediately after driving in sand, mud, water or snow. l After driving through tall grass, mud, rock, sand, water, etc., check that there is no grass, bush, paper, rags, stone, sand, etc. adhering or trapped on the underbody. Clear off any such matter from the underbody. If the vehicle is used with these materials trapped or adhering to the underbody, a breakdown or fire could occur. l When driving off-road or in rugged terrain, do not drive at excessive speeds, jump, make sharp turns, strike objects, etc. This may cause loss of control or vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury. You are also risking expensive damage to your vehicle’s suspension and chassis. NOTICE n To prevent the water damage Take all necessary safety measures to ensure that water damage to the engine or other components does not occur. l Water entering the engine air intake will cause severe engine damage. l Water entering the automatic transmission will cause deterioration in shift quality, locking up of your transmission accompanied by vibration, and ultimately damage. l Water can wash the grease from wheel bearings, causing rusting and premature failure, and may also enter the differentials, transmission and transfer case, reducing the gear oil’s lubricating qualities. 196 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 197 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information NOTICE n When you drive through water If driving through water, such as when crossing shallow streams, first check the depth of the water and the bottom of the stream for firmness. Drive slowly and avoid deep water. n Inspection after off-road driving l Sand and mud that has accumulated around brake discs may affect braking efficiency and may damage brake system components. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 197 When driving l Always perform a maintenance inspection after each day of off-road driving that has taken you through rough terrain, sand, mud, or water. For scheduled maintenance information, refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”. 2 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 198 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information Cargo and luggage Take notice of the following information about storage precautions, cargo capacity and load. l Stow cargo and luggage in the luggage compartment whenever possible. Be sure all items are secured in place. l Be careful to keep the vehicle level. Placing the weight as far forward as possible helps maintain vehicle balance. l For better fuel economy, do not carry unnecessary weight. n Roof luggage carrier (if equipped) Roof rails Cross rails Adjusting the cross rail positions STEP 1 198 RAV4_U Turn the knobs counterclockwise to release the cross rails. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 199 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information STEP 2 Slide the cross rails to the appropriate position for loading luggage and turn the knobs clockwise to tighten the cross rails securely. 2 Capacity and distribution (Cargo capacity) = (Total load capacity) - (Total weight of occupants) Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit⎯ (1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle's placard. (2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. (3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs. (4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 - 750 (5 × 150) = 650 lbs.) (5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 199 When driving Cargo capacity depends on the total weight of the occupants. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 200 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information (6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle. Example on your vehicle Cargo capacity Total load capacity When 2 people with the combined weight of 366 lb. (166 kg) are riding in your vehicle, the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity will be as follows: Without third seat Total load capacity: 825 lb. (375 kg) 825 lb. - 366 lb. = 459 lb. (375 kg - 166 kg = 209 kg) With third seat Total load capacity: 1155 lb. (525 kg) 1155 lb. - 366 lb. = 789 lb. (525 kg - 166 kg = 359 kg) In this condition, if 3 more passengers with the combined weight of 388 lb. (176 kg) get on, the available cargo and luggage load will be reduced as follows: Without third seat 459 lb. - 388 lb. = 71 lb. (209 kg - 176 kg = 33 kg) With third seat 789 lb. - 388 lb. = 401 lb. (359 kg - 176 kg = 183 kg) 200 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 201 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information As shown in the above example, if the number of occupants increases, the cargo and luggage load will be reduced by an amount that equals the increased weight due to the additional occupants. In other words, if an increase in the number of occupants causes an excess of the total load capacity (combined weight of occupants plus cargo and luggage load), you must reduce the cargo and luggage on your vehicle. CAUTION 2 n Things that must not be carried in the luggage compartment l Receptacles containing gasoline l Aerosol cans n Storage precautions Observe the following precautions. Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury. l Do not place cargo or luggage in or on the following locations as the item may get under the brake or accelerator pedal and prevent the pedals from being depressed properly, block the driver’s vision, or hit the driver or passengers, causing an accident. • Driver’s feet • Front passenger or rear seats (when stacking items) • Luggage cover • Instrument panel • Dashboard • Auxiliary box or tray that has no lid l Secure all items in the occupant compartment, as they may shift and injure someone during sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident. l Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment. It is not designed for passengers. They should ride in their seats with their seat belts properly fastened. Otherwise, they are much more likely to suffer serious bodily injury, in the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 201 When driving The following things may cause a fire if loaded in the luggage compartment. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 202 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information CAUTION n Capacity and distribution l Do not exceed the maximum axle weight rating or the total vehicle weight rating. l Even if the total load of occupant's weight and the cargo load is less than the total load capacity, do not apply the load unevenly. Improper loading may cause deterioration of steering or braking control which may cause death or serious injury. n Roof luggage carrier precautions When you load cargo on the roof luggage carrier, observe the following: l Place the cargo so that its weight is distributed evenly between the front and rear axles. l If loading long or wide cargo, never exceed the vehicle overall length or width. (→P. 466) l Before driving, make sure the cargo is securely fastened on the roof luggage carrier. l Loading cargo on the roof luggage carrier will make the center of the vehicle gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden braking or abrupt maneuvers, otherwise it may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover due to failure to operate this vehicle correctly and result in death or serious injury. l If driving for a long distance, on rough roads, or at high speeds, stop the vehicle now and then during the trip to make sure the cargo remains in its place. l Do not exceed 102.6 lb. (46.2 kg) cargo weight on the roof luggage carrier. n Cross rail adjustment Make sure the cross rails are locked securely by pushing forward and rearward them. Failure to do so may cause an unexpected accident or severe injury in the event of emergency braking or a collision. 202 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 203 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information NOTICE n When loading luggage (vehicles with moon roof) Be careful not to scratch the surface of the moon roof. 2 When driving I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 203 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 204 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information Vehicle load limits Vehicle load limits include total load capacity, seating capacity, towing capacity and cargo capacity. n Total load capacity: Without third seat 825 lb. (375 kg) With third seat 1155 lb. (525 kg) Total load capacity means the combined weight of occupants, cargo and luggage. n Seating capacity: Without third seat 5 occupants (Front 2, Rear 3) With third seat 7 occupants (Front 2, Rear 5) Seating capacity means the maximum number of occupants whose estimated average weight is 150 lb. (68 kg) per person. n Towing capacity 2.5 L 4-cylinder (2AR-FE) engine: 1500 lb. (680 kg) 3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine: Without towing package 2000 lb. (907 kg) With towing package 3500 lb. (1588 kg) Towing capacity means the maximum gross trailer weight (trailer weight plus its cargo weight) that your vehicle is able to tow. n Cargo capacity Cargo capacity may increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants. n Total load capacity and seating capacity These details are also described on the tire and loading information label. (→P. 375) 204 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 205 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information CAUTION n Overloading the vehicle Do not overload the vehicle. It may not only cause damage to the tires, but also degrade steering and braking ability, resulting in an accident. 2 When driving I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 205 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 206 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information Winter driving tips Carry out the necessary preparations and inspections before driving the vehicle in winter. Always drive the vehicle in a manner appropriate to the prevailing weather conditions. n Pre-winter preparations l Use fluids that are appropriate to the prevailing outside temperatures. • Engine oil • Engine coolant • Washer fluid l Have a service technician inspect the level and specific gravity of battery electrolyte. l Have the vehicle fitted with four snow tires or purchase a set of tire chains for the front tires. Ensure that all tires are the same size and brand, and that chains match the size of the tires. n Before driving the vehicle Observe the following according to the driving conditions. l Do not try to forcibly open a window or move a wiper that is frozen. Pour warm water over the frozen area to melt the ice. Wipe away the water immediately to prevent it from freezing. l To ensure proper operation of the climate control system fan, remove any snow that has accumulated on the air inlet vents in front of the windshield. l Remove any ice that has accumulated on the vehicle chassis. l Periodically check for and remove any excess ice or snow that may have accumulated in the wheel well or on the brakes. 206 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 207 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information n When driving the vehicle Accelerate the vehicle slowly and drive at a reduced speed suitable to road conditions. n When parking the vehicle Park the vehicle and move the shift lever to P without setting the parking brake. The parking brake may freeze up, preventing it from being released. When driving Selecting tire chains Use the correct tire chain size when mounting the snow chains. Chain size is regulated for each tire size. Side chain 0.12 in. (3 mm) in diameter 0.39 in. (10 mm) in width 1.18 in. (30 mm) in length Cross chain 0.16 in. (4 mm) in diameter 0.55 in. (14 mm) in width 0.98 in. (25 mm) in length Regulations on the use of snow chains l Regulations regarding the use of tire chains vary according to location and type of road. Always check local regulations before installing chains. l Install the chains on the front tires. l Retighten the chains after driving 1/4 - 1/2 mile (0.5 - 1.0 km). I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 2 207 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 208 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information n Tire chain installation Observe the following precautions when installing and removing chains. l Install and remove tire chains in a safe location. l Install tire chains on the front tires. l Install tire chains following the instructions provided in the accompanying manual. CAUTION n Driving with snow tires Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents. Failing to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or serious injury. l Use tires of the specified size. l Maintain the recommended level of air pressure. l Do not drive in excess of 75 mph (120 km/h), regardless of the type of snow tires being used. l Snow tires should be installed on all wheels. l Do not mix tires of different makes, models, tread patterns or treadwear. n Driving with tire chains Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents. Failing to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven safely, and may cause death or serious injury. l Do not drive in excess of the speed limit specified for the tire chains being used or 30 mph (50 km/h), whichever is lower. l Avoid driving on bumpy road surfaces or over potholes. l Avoid sudden turns and braking, as use of chains may adversely affect vehicle handling. l Slow down sufficiently before entering a curve to ensure that vehicle control is maintained. 208 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 209 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information NOTICE Vehicles with a tire pressure warning system: n Repairing or replacing snow tires Request repairs of and obtain replacement snow tires from Toyota dealers or legitimate tire retailers. This is because the removal and attachment of snow tires affects the operation of the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters. 2 n Fitting tire chains I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 209 When driving The tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not function correctly when tire chains are fitted. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 210 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information Trailer towing Your vehicle is designed primarily as a passenger-carrying vehicle. Towing a trailer will have an adverse effect on handling, performance, braking, durability, and fuel consumption. For your safety and the safety of others, do not overload the vehicle or trailer. Toyota warranties do not apply to damage or malfunction caused by towing a trailer for commercial purposes. n Weight limits Confirm that the total trailer weight, gross vehicle weight, gross axle weight and trailer tongue load are all within the limits. n Gross vehicle weight The gross vehicle weight must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) indicated on the Certification Label. The gross vehicle weight is the sum weight of the unloaded vehicle, driver, passengers, luggage, hitch and trailer tongue load. Also included is the weight of any special equipment installed on your vehicle. n Gross axle weight The load on either the front or rear axle resulting from distribution of the gross vehicle weight on both axles must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) listed on the Certification Label. Certification label 210 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 211 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information n Trailer tongue load The trailer cargo load should be distributed so that the tongue load is 9 to 11% of the total trailer weight, not exceeding the maximum load of the following. (Tongue load / Total trailer weight x 100 = 9 to 11%) 2.5 L 4-cylinder (2AR-FE) engine: 150 lb. (68 kg) 3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine 2 The total trailer weight and tongue load can be measured with platform scales found at highway weighing stations, building supply companies, trucking companies, junk yards, etc. Total trailer weight Tongue load Towing a trailer Contact your Toyota dealer for further information about additional requirements such as a towing kit, etc. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 211 When driving Without towing package: 200 lb. (90 kg) With towing package: 350 lb. (158 kg) Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 212 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information Hitch Trailer hitch assemblies have different weight capacities established by the hitch manufacturer. Even though the vehicle may be rated for towing a higher weight, the operator must never exceed the maximum weight rating specified for the trailer hitch. n Before towing l Ensure that your vehicle’s tires are properly inflated. (→P. 475) l Trailer tires should be inflated according to the trailer manufacturer's recommendation. l All trailer lights must work in order to be legal. l Confirm all lights work each time you connect them. l Check that your vehicle remains level when a loaded or unloaded trailer is hitched. Do not drive if the vehicle is not level, and check for improper tongue load, overloading, worn suspension, or other possible causes. l Make sure the trailer cargo is securely loaded. l Check that your rear view mirrors conform to any federal, state/provincial or local regulations. If they do not, install rear view mirrors appropriate for towing purposes. n Break-in schedule Toyota recommends that you do not use a new vehicle or a vehicle with any new power train components (engine, transmission, differential, wheel bearings, etc.) to tow a trailer for the first 500 miles (800 km) of driving. n Maintenance l If you tow a trailer, your vehicle will require more frequent maintenance due to the additional load. (See “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner's Manual Supplement”.) l Retighten the fixing bolts of the towing ball and bracket after approximately 600 miles (1000 km) of trailer towing. 212 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 213 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information CAUTION n To avoid accident or injury l Do not exceed the trailer hitch assembly weight, gross vehicle weight, gross axle weight and trailer tongue load capacities. l Never load more weight in the back than in the front of the trailer. About 60% of the load should be in the front half of the trailer, and the remaining 40% in the rear. 2 l Do not use cruise control when you are towing. n Hitches l Follow the directions supplied by the hitch manufacturer. l Lubricate the hitch ball with a light coat of grease. l Remove the trailer hitch whenever you are not towing a trailer. After removing the hitch, seal any mounting hole in the vehicle body to prevent entry of any substances into the vehicle. n When towing a trailer l If the gross trailer weight exceeds 600 lb. (272 kg), trailer brakes are required. l Never tap into your vehicle's hydraulic system, as this will lower the vehicle's braking effectiveness. l Never tow a trailer without using a safety chain securely attached to both the trailer and the vehicle. If damage occurs to the coupling unit or hitch ball, there is danger of the trailer wandering into another lane. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 213 When driving l Use only a hitch that conforms to the total trailer weight requirement. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 214 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information NOTICE n When installing a trailer hitch l Use only the position recommended by your Toyota dealer. Do not install the trailer hitch on the bumper; this may cause body damage. l Do not use axle-mounted hitches, as they can cause damage to the axle housing, wheel bearings, wheels or tires. n Brakes Toyota recommends trailers with brakes that conform to all applicable federal and state/provincial regulations. n Safety chain A safety chain must always be used between the towing vehicle and the trailer. Leave sufficient slack in the chain for turns. The chain should cross under the trailer tongue to prevent the tongue from dropping to the ground in the case that it becomes damaged or separated. For the correct safety chain installation procedure, ask your Toyota dealer. n Do not directly splice trailer lights Directly splicing trailer lights may damage your vehicle's electrical system and cause a malfunction. Trailer towing tips Your vehicle will handle differently when towing a trailer. The 3 main causes of vehicle-trailer accidents are driver error, excessive speed and improper trailer loading. Keep the following in mind when towing. l Before starting out, check the trailer lights and the vehicle-trailer connections. Recheck after driving a short distance. l Practice turning, stopping and reversing with the trailer attached in an area away from traffic until you become accustomed to the feel of the vehicle. 214 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 215 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information l Reversing with a trailer attached is difficult and requires practice. Grip the bottom of the steering wheel and move your hand to the left to move the trailer to the left. Move your hand to the right to move the trailer to right. (This is generally opposite to reversing without a trailer attached.) Avoid sharp or prolonged turning. Have someone guide you when reversing to reduce the risk of an accident. l As stopping distance is increased when towing a trailer, vehicle-tovehicle distance should be increased. For each 10 mph (16 km/h) of speed, allow at least one vehicle and trailer length. l Avoid jerky starts or sudden acceleration. l Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns, and slow down before making turns. l Note that when making a turn, the trailer wheels will be closer than the vehicle wheels to the inside of the turn. Compensate by making a larger than normal turning radius. l Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect handling of your vehicle and trailer, causing sway. Periodically check the rear to prepare for being passed by large trucks or buses, which may cause your vehicle and trailer to sway. If swaying occurs, firmly grip the steering wheel, reduce speed immediately but gradually, and steer straight ahead. Never increase speed. If you make no extreme correction with the steering or brakes, your vehicle and trailer will stabilize. l Take care when passing other vehicles. Passing requires considerable distance. After passing a vehicle, do not forget the length of your trailer, and be sure you have plenty of room before changing lanes. l In order to maintain efficient engine braking and electrical charging performance, do not use overdrive. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 215 When driving l Avoid sudden braking as you may skid, resulting in jackknifing and loss of control. This is especially true on wet or slippery surfaces. 2 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 216 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information l Due to the added load of the trailer, your vehicle's engine may overheat on hot days (at temperatures over 85°F [30°C]) when driving up a long or steep grade. If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates overheating, immediately turn off the air conditioning (if in use), pull your vehicle off the road and stop in a safe spot. (→P. 460) l Always place wheel blocks under both the vehicle and the trailer wheels when parking. Apply the parking brake firmly, and put the transmission in P. Avoid parking on a slope, but if unavoidable, do so only after performing the following: STEP 1 Apply the brakes and keep them applied. STEP 2 Have someone place wheel blocks under both the vehicle and trailer wheels. STEP 3 When the wheel blocks are in place, release the brakes slowly until the blocks absorb the load. STEP 4 Apply the parking brake firmly. STEP 5 Shift into P and turn off the engine. l When restarting after parking on a slope: STEP 1 With the transmission in P, start the engine. Be sure to keep the brake pedal pressed. STEP 2 Shift into a forward gear. If reversing, shift into R. STEP 3 Release the parking brake and brake pedal, and slowly pull or back away from the wheel blocks. Stop and apply the brakes. STEP 4 Have someone retrieve the blocks. 216 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 217 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information CAUTION n To avoid an accident l Do not exceed 45 mph (72 km/h) or posted towing speed limit, whichever is lower. As instability (swaying) of the towing vehicle-trailer combination increases as speed increases, exceeding 45 mph (72 km/h) may cause loss of control. l Slow down and downshift before descending steep or long downhill grades. Do not make sudden downshifts. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 217 2 When driving l Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or applying the brakes too frequently. This could cause the brakes to overheat and result in reduced braking efficiency. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 218 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 2-5. Driving information Dinghy towing Your vehicle is not designed to be dinghy towed (with 4 wheels on the ground) behind a motor home. NOTICE n To avoid serious damage to your vehicle Do not tow your vehicle with 4 wheels on the ground. 218 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 220 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger Manual air conditioning system∗ Air outlet selection dial Temperature control dial Outside air or recirculated air mode Air conditioning on/off switch Fan speed control dial Adjusting the settings n Adjusting the temperature setting Turn the temperature control dial clockwise (warm) or counterclockwise (cool). If is not pressed, the system will blow ambient temperature air or heated air. n Adjusting the fan speed Turn the fan speed control dial clockwise (increase) or counterclockwise (decrease). Set the dial to “0” to turn the fan off. ∗: If equipped 220 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 221 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger n Changing the air outlets Set the air outlet selection dial to an appropriate position. The positions between the air outlet selections shown below can be also selected for more detailed adjustment. Upper body 3 Upper body and feet Interior features : Vehicles with third seats Feet : Vehicles with third seats I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 221 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 222 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger Feet and windshield The air intake is automatically switched to outside air mode. It is not possible to return to recirculated air mode when the dial is set at this position. Pressing to turn the air conditioning on clears the windshield and side windows faster. : Vehicles with third seats Windshield and side windows The air intake is automatically switched to outside air mode. It is not possible to return to recirculated air mode when the dial is set at this position. Pressing to turn the air conditioning on clears the windshield and side windows faster. n Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes Press . The mode switches between outside air mode (indicator off) and recirculated air mode (indicator on) each time 222 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: is pressed. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 223 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger Adjusting the position of the air outlets Front outlets (center) Direct air flow to the left or right, up or down. Front outlets (right and left sides) 3 Opening and closing the side outlets Open the vent. Close the vent. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 223 Interior features Direct air flow to the left or right, up or down. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 224 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger n Using the system in recirculated air mode The windows will fog up more easily if the recirculated air mode is used for an extended period. n Window defogger feature Recirculated air mode may automatically be switched to outside air mode in situations where the windows need to be defogged. n When outside air temperature approaches 32°F (0°C) The air conditioning system may not operate even when n When the indicator light on Press is pressed. flashes and turn off the air conditioning system before turning it on once more. There may be a problem in the air conditioning system if the indicator light keeps flashing. Turn the air conditioning system off and have it inspected by your Toyota dealer. n When is selected for the air outlets used For your driving comfort, air flowing to the feet may be warmer than air flowing to the upper body depending on the position of the temperature setting. CAUTION n To prevent the windshield from fogging up Do not set the air outlet selection dial to during cool air operation in extremely humid weather. The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield can cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, blocking your vision. NOTICE n To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the engine is off. 224 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 225 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger Automatic air conditioning system∗ Airflow and outlets are automatically adjusted according to the temperature setting. Driver's side temperature control Changes the air outlets used Air flow display Outside air or recirculated air mode Air conditioning on/off switch 3 Fan speed Windshield defogger Micro dust and pollen filter Using the automatic mode STEP 1 Press . The air conditioning system begins to operate. Air outlets and fan speed are automatically adjusted according to the temperature setting. STEP 2 Press “∧” on to increase the temperature and “∨” to decrease the temperature. Air outlets and fan speed for the driver and passenger seats may be set separately depending on the temperature setting. ∗: If equipped I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 225 Interior features Passenger’s side temperature control Automatic mode Off Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 226 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger Adjusting the settings n Adjusting the temperature setting Press “∧” on to increase the temperature and “∨” to decrease the temperature. The air conditioning system switches between individual and simultaneous modes each time is pressed. Simultaneous mode (the indicator on is off): Only (driver’s side) can be used to adjust the temperature for all seats. Individual mode (the indicator on is on): The temperature for the driver and passenger seats can be adjusted separately. Operating the passenger's side temperature control starts individual mode. n Adjusting the fan speed Press “∧” (increase) or “∨” (decrease) on The fan speed is shown on the display. (7 levels) Press 226 RAV4_U to turn the fan off. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: . Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 227 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger n Changing the air outlets Press the desired button, , , or . The air flow shown on the display indicates the following. Upper body 3 Interior features Upper body and feet : Vehicles with third seats Feet : Vehicles with third seats I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 227 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 228 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger Feet and windshield : Vehicles with third seats n Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes Press . The mode switches between outside air mode (indicator off) and recirculated air mode (indicator on) each time is pressed. Defogging the windshield Press . The air conditioning system operates automatically. Recirculated air mode will automatically switched to outside air mode. It is not possible to return to recirculated air mode when the switch is on. 228 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 229 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger Micro dust and pollen filter Press . Outside air mode will be switched to recirculated air mode. Pollen is removed from the air and the air flows to the upper part of the body. Usually the system will turn off automatically after approximately 3 minutes. To stop the operation, press 3 again. Front outlets (center) Direct air flow to the left or right, up or down. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 229 Interior features Adjusting the position of the air outlets Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 230 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger Front outlets (right and left sides) Direct air flow to the left or right, up or down. Opening and closing the side outlets Open the vent. Close the vent. n Using the automatic mode Fan speed is adjusted automatically in accordance with the temperature setting and ambient conditions. In addition, the following may occur. l The system may switch automatically to recirculated mode when the coolest temperature setting is selected in summer. l Immediately after is pressed, the fan may stop for a while until warm or cool air is ready to flow. l Cool air may flow to the area around the upper body when the heater is on. n Using the system in recirculated air mode The windows will fog up more easily if the recirculated air mode is used for an extended period. 230 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 231 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger n Window defogger feature Recirculated air mode may automatically switch to outside air mode in situations where the windows need to be defogged. n When outside temperature approaches 32°F (0°C) The air conditioning system may not operate even when n When is pressed. is selected for the air outlets used For your driving comfort, air flowing to the feet may be warmer than air flowing to the upper body depending on the position of the temperature setting. n Micro dust and pollen filter l In order to prevent the windows from fogging up when the outside air is cold, the following may occur. • Outside air mode is not switched to recirculated air mode. • The air conditioning system operates automatically. • The operation is canceled after 1 minute. l In rainy weather, the windows may fog up. Press . Press flashes and turn off the air conditioning system before turning it on once more. There may be a problem in the air conditioning system if the indicator light keep flashing. Turn the air conditioning system off and have it inspected by your Toyota dealer. CAUTION n To prevent the windshield from fogging up Do not use during cool air operation in extremely humid weather. The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield can cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, blocking your vision. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 231 Interior features n When the indicator light on 3 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 232 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger NOTICE n To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the engine is off. 232 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 233 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger Rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers The rear window defogger is used to defog the rear window. The outside rear view mirror defoggers* are used to remove frost, dew or raindrops from the outside rear view mirrors. Vehicles with manual air conditioning system On/off The defoggers will automatically turn off after approximately 15 minutes. 3 On/off The defoggers will automatically turn off after approximately 15 minutes. *: Vehicles with outside rear view mirror defoggers I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 233 Interior features Vehicles with automatic air conditioning system Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 234 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger n The defogger can be operated when Vehicles without smart key system The engine switch is in the “ON” position. Vehicles with smart key system The “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in IGNITION ON mode. n Outside rear view mirror defoggers (vehicles with outside rear view mirror defoggers) Turning the rear window defogger on will turn the outside rear view mirror defoggers on. CAUTION n Outside rear view mirror defoggers (vehicles with outside rear view mirror defoggers) The surfaces of the outside rear view mirrors become hot. Do not touch them to prevent from burning yourself. 234 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 235 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger Windshield wiper de-icer∗ This feature is used to prevent ice from building up on the windshield and wiper blades. On/off The de-icer will automatically turn off after approximately 15 minutes. 3 Interior features n The de-icer can be operated when Vehicles without smart key system The engine switch is in the “ON” position. Vehicles with smart key system The “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in IGNITION ON mode. CAUTION n When the windshield wiper de-icer is on Do not touch the glass at the lower part of the windshield or to the side of the front pillars as the surfaces can become very hot and burn you. ∗: If equipped I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 235 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 236 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system Audio system types With navigation system Owners of models equipped with a navigation system should refer to the “Navigation System Owner's Manual”. Without navigation system (type A) CD player with changer controller and AM/FM radio Without navigation system (type B) CD player with changer and AM/FM radio 236 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 237 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system Without navigation system (type C) CD player with changer and AM/FM radio 3 Interior features Title Page Using the radio P. 239 Using the CD player P. 245 Playing back MP3 and WMA discs P. 252 Optimal use of the audio system P. 259 Using the AUX adapter P. 262 Using the steering wheel audio switches P. 263 n Using cellular phones Interference may be heard through the audio system's speakers if a cellular phone is being used inside or close to the vehicle while the audio system is operating. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 237 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 238 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system CAUTION n For vehicles sold in U.S.A. and Canada (for U.S.A. and Canada) l Part 15 of the FCC Rules FCC Warning: Any unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment will void the user’s authority to operate this device. l Laser products • Do not take this unit apart or attempt to make any changes yourself. This is an intricate unit that uses a laser pickup to retrieve information from the surface of compact discs. The laser is carefully shielded so that its rays remain inside the cabinet. Therefore, never try to disassemble the player or alter any of its parts since you may be exposed to laser rays and dangerous voltages. • This product utilizes a laser. Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure. NOTICE n To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the audio system on longer than necessary when the engine is off. n To avoid damaging the audio system Take care not to spill drinks or other fluids over the audio system. 238 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 239 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system Using the radio Power Volume Station selector Adjusting the frequency (AM, FM mode) or channel (SAT mode) Seeking the frequency Changing the channel Displaying radio text messages 3 Interior features AM·SAT/FM mode buttons Scanning for receivable stations Setting station presets (excluding XM® Satellite Radio) STEP 1 or “∨” on STEP 2 . Press and hold the button (from to be set to until you hear a beep. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U or pressing “∧” Search for desired stations by turning to ) the station is 239 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 240 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system Scanning radio stations (excluding XM® Satellite Radio) n Scanning the preset radio stations STEP 1 Press and hold until you hear a beep. Preset stations will be played for 5 seconds each. STEP 2 When the desired station is reached, press again. once n Scanning all radio stations within range STEP 1 Press . All stations with reception will be played for 5 seconds each. STEP 2 When the desired station is reached, press again. once XM® Satellite Radio (if equipped) n Receiving XM® Satellite Radio STEP 1 Press . The display changes as follows each time pressed. is AM → SAT1 → SAT2 → SAT3 STEP 2 Turn to select the desired channel in the all categories, or press “∧” or “∨” on to select the desired channel in the current category. n Setting XM® Satellite Radio channel presets Select the desired channel. Press and hold the button (from to ) the channel is to be set to until you hear a beep. 240 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 241 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system n Changing the channel category Press “∧” or “∨” on . n Scanning XM® Satellite Radio channels l Scanning channels in the current category STEP 1 Press STEP 2 When the desired channel is reached, press again. . l Scanning preset channels STEP 1 Press and hold STEP 2 When the desired channel is reached, press again. until you hear a beep. 3 Interior features n Displaying text information Press . The display will show up to 10 characters. The display changes as follows each time is pressed. l Channel name l Title (song/program title) l Name (artist name/feature) l Channel number I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 241 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 242 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system n When the battery is disconnected Station presets are erased. n Reception sensitivity l Cargo loaded on the roof luggage carrier, especially metal objects, may adversely affect the reception of XM® Satellite Radio. l Maintaining perfect radio reception at all times is difficult due to the continually changing position of the antenna, differences in signal strength and surrounding objects, such as trains, transmitters, etc. l The radio antenna is mounted on the roof. The antenna can be removed from the base by turning it. n XM® Satellite Radio (if equipped) An XM® Satellite Radio is a tuner designed exclusively to receive broadcasts provided under a separate subscription. Availability is limited to the 48 contiguous states and 10 Canadian provinces. l XM® subscriptions For detailed information about XM® Satellite Radio or to subscribe: U.S.A. ⎯ Visit on the web at www.xmradio.com or call 1-800-967-2346. Canada ⎯ Visit on the web at www.xmradio.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. l Radio ID You will need the radio ID when activating XM® service or reporting a problem. Select “CH000” using , and the receiver's 8-character ID number will appear. l Satellite tuner The tuner supports only Audio Services (Music and Talk) and the accompanying Text Information of XM® Satellite Radio. 242 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 243 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system n If the satellite radio does not operate normally (if equipped) If a problem occurs with the XM® tuner, a message will appear on the display. Refer to the table below to identify the problem, and take the suggested corrective action. “ANTENNA” There is a short-circuit in the antenna or the surrounding antenna cable. See a Toyota certified dealer. You have not subscribed to the XM® Satellite Radio. The radio is being updated with the latest encryption code. Contact the XM® Satellite Radio for subscription information. When a contract is canceled, you can choose the “CH000” and all free-to-air channels. The premium channel you selected is not authorized. Wait for about 2 seconds until the radio returns to the previous channel or “CH001”. If it does not change automatically, select another channel. If you want to listen to the premium channel, contact the XM® Satellite Radio. “NO SIGNAL” The XM® signal is too weak at the current location. Wait until your vehicle reaches a location with a stronger signal. “LOADING” The unit is acquiring audio or program information. Wait until the unit has received the information. “OFF AIR” The channel you selected is not broadcasting any programming. Select another channel. “-----” There is no song/program title or artist name/feature associated with the channel at that time. No action is needed. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 3 Interior features “UPDATING” The XM® antenna is not connected. Check whether the XM® antenna cable is attached securely. 243 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 244 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system “---” The channel you selected is no longer available. Wait for about 2 seconds until the radio returns to the previous channel or “CH001”. If it does not change automatically, select another channel. Contact the XM® Listener Care Center at 1-800-967-2346 (U.S.A.) or 1-877438-9677 (Canada). n Certifications for the radio tuner This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by trying one or more of the following: l Reorienting or relocating the receiving antenna. l Increasing the separation between the equipment and receiver. l Connecting the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. l Consulting the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. NOTICE n To prevent damage, remove the antenna in the following cases. l The antenna will touch the ceiling of a garage. l A cover will be put on the vehicle. 244 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 245 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system Using the CD player Power Volume Playback CD slot CD eject CD insert (type B and C) Track selection Displaying text messages Search playback 3 Fast-forward Random playback Interior features Reverse Repeat play CD selection (with a CD changer) Loading CDs n Loading a CD Type A Insert a CD. Type B and C STEP 1 Press . “WAIT” is shown on the display. STEP 2 Insert a CD when the indicator on the slot turns from amber to green. The display changes from “WAIT” to “LOAD”. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 245 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 246 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system n Loading multiple CDs (type B and C) STEP 1 Press and hold until you hear a beep. “WAIT” is shown on the display. STEP 2 Insert a CD when the indicator on the slot turns from amber to green. The display changes from “WAIT” to “LOAD”. The indicator on the slot turns to amber when the CD is inserted. STEP 3 Insert the next CD when the indicator on the slot turns from amber to green again. Repeat the procedure for the remaining CDs. To stop the operation, press . Ejecting CDs n Ejecting a CD Type A Press and remove the CD. Type B and C STEP 1 To select the CD to be ejected, press (∨) or (∧). The number of the CD selected is shown on the display. STEP 2 Press and remove the CD. n Ejecting all the CDs (type B and C) Press and hold the CDs. until you hear a beep, and then remove Selecting a track Press “∧” to move up or “∨” to move down using desired track number is displayed. 246 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: until the Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 247 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system Fast-forwarding and reversing tracks To fast-forward or reverse, press ward). (reverse) or (fast-for- Scanning tracks STEP 1 Press . The first ten seconds of each track will be played. STEP 2 Press again when the desired track is reached. Selecting a CD (with a CD changer) 3 n To select a CD to play (∨) or Interior features To select the desired CD, press (∧). n To scan loaded CDs STEP 1 Press and hold until you hear a beep. The first 10 seconds of the first track on each CD will be played. STEP 2 Press again when the desired CD is reached. Repeat play n To repeat a track Press (RPT). n To repeat all of the tracks on a CD (with a CD changer) Press and hold (RPT) until you hear a beep. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 247 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 248 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system Random playback n Current CD Press (RAND). Tracks are played in a random order until is pressed once more. n All CDs (with a CD changer) Press and hold (RAND) until you hear a beep. Tracks on all loaded CDs are played in a random order until pressed once more. is Switching the display Press Each time . is pressed, the display changes in the order of Track no./Elapsed time→CD title→Track name. n Display Up to 12 characters can be displayed at a time. If there are 13 characters or more, pressing and holding for 1 second or more will display the remaining characters. A maximum of 24 characters can be displayed. If is pressed for 1 second or more again or has not been pressed for 6 seconds or more, the display will return to the first 12 characters. Depending on the contents recorded, the characters may not be displayed properly or may not be displayed at all. 248 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 249 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system n Canceling random, repeat and scan playback Press (RAND), (RPT) or again. n Error messages “ERROR”: This indicates a problem either with the CD or inside the player. The CD may be dirty, damaged or inserted upside down. “WAIT”: Operation has stopped due to a high temperature inside the player. Wait for a while and then press . Contact your Toyota dealer if the CD still cannot be played back. n Discs that can be used Discs with the marks shown below can be used. Playback may not be possible depending on recording format or disc features, or due to scratches, dirt or deterioration. Interior features CDs with copy-protect features may not be used. n CD player protection feature To protect the internal components, playback is automatically stopped when a problem is detected while the CD player is being used. n If CDs are left inside the CD player or in the ejected position for extended periods CDs may be damaged and may not play properly. n Lens cleaners Do not use lens cleaners. Doing so may damage the CD player. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 3 249 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 250 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system NOTICE n CDs that cannot be used Do not use the following types of CDs or Dual Discs. Doing so may damage the CD player and/or the CD insert/eject function. l Type A: CDs that have a diameter other than 4.7 in. (12 cm) or 3 in. (8 cm) l Type B and C: CDs that have a diameter that is not 4.7 in. (12 cm) l Low-quality and deformed CDs l CDs with a transparent or translucent recording area l CDs that have had tape, stickers or CDR labels attached to them, or that have had the label peeled off 250 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 251 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system NOTICE n CD player precautions Failure to follow the precautions below may result in serious damage to the CDs or the player itself. l Do not insert anything other than CDs into the CD slot. l Do not apply oil to the CD player. l Store CDs away from direct sunlight. l Never try to disassemble any part of the CD player. l Do not insert more than one CD at a time. 3 Interior features I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 251 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 252 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system Playing back MP3 and WMA discs Power Fast-forward Volume CD insert (type B and C) CD slot File selection CD eject Folder selection File selection Search playback Displaying text messages Playback Random playback Reverse Repeat play CD selection (with a CD changer) Loading and ejecting MP3 and WMA discs →P. 245 Selecting an MP3 and WMA disc (with a CD changer) →P. 247 252 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 253 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system Selecting and scanning a folder n Selecting folders one at a time Press “∧” or “∨” on to select the desired folder. n Selecting the desired folder by cueing the first file of each folder Press and hold folder is reached, press until you hear a beep. When the desired once again. n Returning to the first folder 3 until you hear a beep. Interior features Press and hold “∨” on Selecting and scanning files n Selecting one file at a time Turn or press “∧” or “∨” on to select the desired file. n Selecting the desired file by cueing the files in the folder Press . When the desired file is reached, press once again. Fast-forwarding and reversing files To fast-forward or reverse, press ward). I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U (reverse) or (fast-for- 253 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 254 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system Repeat play n To repeat a file Press (RPT). n To repeat all of the files in a folder Press and hold (RPT) until you hear a beep. Random playback n To play files from a particular folder in random order Press (RAND). n To play all of the files on a disc in random order Press and hold (RAND) until you hear a beep. Switching the display Press Each time . is pressed, the display changes in the order of Folder no./File no./Elapsed time→Folder name→File name→Album title (MP3 only)→Track title→Artist name. 254 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 255 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system n Display →P. 248 n Canceling random, repeat and scan playback →P. 249 n Error messages “ERROR”: This indicates a trouble either in the CD or inside the player. The CD may be dirty, damaged or inserted up-side down. “WAIT”: Operation has stopped due to a high temperature inside the player. Wait for a while and then press . Contact your Toyota dealer if the CD still cannot be played back. “NO MUSIC”: This indicates that the MP3/WMA file is not included in the CD. →P. 249 n CD player protection feature →P. 249 n If CDs are left inside the CD player or in the ejected position for extended periods →P. 249 n Lens cleaners →P. 249 I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 255 Interior features n Discs that can be used 3 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 256 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system n MP3 and WMA files MP3 (MPEG Audio LAYER3) is a standard audio compression format. Files can be compressed to approximately 1/10 of their original size using MP3 compression. WMA (Windows Media TM Audio) is a Microsoft audio compression format. This format compresses audio data to a size smaller than that of the MP3 format. There is a limit to the MP3 and WMA file standards that can be used and to the media/formats on which the files are recorded. l MP3 file compatibility • Compatible standards MP3 (MPEG1 LAYER3, MPEG2 LSF LAYER3) • Compatible sampling frequencies MPEG1 LAYER3: 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz) MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 16, 22.05, 24 (kHz) • Compatible bit rates (compatible with VBR) MPEG1 LAYER3: 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256, 320 (kbps) MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 144, 160 (kbps) • Compatible channel modes: stereo, joint stereo, dual channel and monaural l WMA file compatibility • Compatible standards WMA Ver. 7, 8, 9 • Compatible sampling frequencies 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz) • Compatible bit rates (only compatible with 2-channel playback) Ver. 7, 8: CBR 48, 64, 80, 96, 128, 160, 192 (kbps) Ver. 9: CBR 48, 64, 80, 96, 128, 160, 192, 256, 320 (kbps) l Compatible media Media that can be used for MP3 and WMA playback are CD-Rs and CDRWs. Playback in some instances may not be possible if the CD-R or CD-RW is not finalized. Playback may not be possible or the audio may jump if the disc is scratched or marked with fingerprints. 256 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 257 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system l Compatible disc formats The following disc formats can be used. • Disc formats: CD-ROM Mode 1 and Mode 2 CD-ROM XA Mode 2, Form 1 and Form 2 • File formats: ISO9660 Level 1, Level 2, (Romeo, Joliet) MP3 and WMA files written in any format other than those listed above may not play correctly, and their file names and folder names may not be displayed correctly. Items related to standards and limitations are as follows. • Maximum directory hierarchy: 8 levels • Maximum length of folder names/file names: 32 characters • Maximum number of folders: 192 (including the root) • Maximum number of files per disc: 255 l File names 3 l Multi-sessions As the audio system is compatible with multi-sessions, it is possible to play discs that contain MP3 and WMA files. However, only the first session can be played. l ID3 and WMA tags ID3 tags can be added to MP3 files, making it possible to record the track title, artist name, etc. The system is compatible with ID3 Ver. 1.0, 1.1, and Ver. 2.2, 2.3 ID3 tags. (The number of characters is based on ID3 Ver. 1.0 and 1.1.) WMA tags can be added to WMA files, making it possible to record the track title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags. l MP3 and WMA playback When a disc containing MP3 or WMA files is inserted, all files on the disc are first checked. Once the file check is finished, the first MP3 or WMA file is played. To make the file check finish more quickly, we recommend you do not write in any files other than MP3 or WMA files or create any unnecessary folders. If the discs contain a mixture of music data and MP3 or WMA format data, only music data can be played. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 257 Interior features The only files that can be recognized as MP3/WMA and played are those with the extension .mp3 or .wma. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 258 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system l Extensions If the file extensions .mp3 and .wma are used for files other than MP3 and WMA files, they will be mistakenly recognized and played as MP3 and WMA files. This may result in large amounts of interference and damage to the speakers. l Playback • To play MP3 file with steady sound quality, we recommend a fixed bit rate of at least 128 kbps and a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz. • CD-R or CD-RW playback may not be possible in some instances, depending on the characteristics of the disc. • There is a wide variety of freeware and other encoding software for MP3 and WMA files on the market, and depending on the status of the encoding and the file format, poor sound quality or noise at the start of playback may result. In some cases, playback may not be possible at all. • When files other than MP3 or WMA files are recorded on a disc, it may take more time to recognize the disc and in some cases, playback may not be possible at all. • Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Media are the registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. NOTICE n CDs that cannot be used →P. 250 n CD player precautions →P. 251 258 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 259 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system Optimal use of the audio system Displays the current mode Changes the following setting l Sound quality and volume balance (→P. 260) The sound quality and balance setting can be changed to produce the best sound. l Volume and tone quality level (Automatic Sound Levelizer) (→P. 261) 3 Interior features I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 259 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 260 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system Using the audio control function n Changing sound quality modes Pressing selects the mode to be changed in the following order. “BAS”→“MID”*→“TRE”→“FAD”→“BAL”→“ASL” *: Type C only n Adjusting sound quality Turning adjusts the level. Mode displayed Sound quality mode Level Turn to the left Turn to the right “BAS”* Bass -5 to 5 “MID”* Mid-range (type C only) -5 to 5 Low High “TRE”* Treble -5 to 5 “FAD” Front/rear volume balance R7 to F7 Shifts to rear Shifts to front “BAL” Left/right volume balance L7 to R7 Shifts to left Shifts to right *: The sound quality level is adjusted individually in each radio mode or CD mode. 260 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 261 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system n Adjusting the Automatic Sound Levelizer (ASL) Type A and B When “ASL” is selected, turning to the right changes the “ASL” level in the order of “LOW”, “MID” and “HIGH”. Turning to the left turns “ASL” off. ASL automatically adjusts the volume and tone quality according to vehicle speed. Type C 3 When “ASL” is selected, turning to the left turns “ASL” off. ASL automatically adjusts the volume and tone quality according to the noise level as you drive your vehicle. n Trademark owned by SRS Labs, Inc. (type A) The audio systems utilize SRS FOCUS® and SRS TruBass® audio enhancement technologies, under license from SRS Labs, Inc., in all modes except AM radio mode. symbols are trademarks of SRS Labs, FOCUS, TruBass, SRS and Inc. FOCUS and TruBass technologies are incorporated under license from SRS Labs, Inc. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 261 Interior features and turning to the right turns “ASL” on, Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 262 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system Using the AUX adapter This adapter can be used to connect a portable audio device and listen to it through the vehicle’s speakers. STEP 1 Open the cover and connect the portable audio device. STEP 2 Press . n Operating portable audio devices connected to the audio system The volume can be adjusted using the vehicle's audio controls. All other adjustments must be made on the portable audio device itself. n When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet Noise may occur during playback. Use the power source of the portable audio device. 262 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 263 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system Using the steering wheel audio switches∗ Some audio features can be controlled using the switches on the steering wheel. Volume Radio: Selects radio stations CD: Selects tracks, files (MP3 and WMA) and discs Turns the power on, selects audio source 3 Turning on the power when the audio system is turned off. The audio system can be turned off by holding beep. down until you hear a Changing the audio source Press when the audio system is turned on. The audio source changes as follows each time is pressed. Type A: FM1→FM2→CD→AUX→AM→SAT1→SAT2→SAT3 Type B and C: FM1→FM2→CD changer→AUX→AM→SAT1→SAT2→SAT3 ∗: If equipped I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 263 Interior features Press Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 264 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system Adjusting the volume Press “+” on to increase the volume and “-” to decrease the vol- ume. Press and hold to continue increasing or decreasing the volume. Selecting a radio station STEP 1 Press STEP 2 Press “∧” or “∨” on to select the radio mode. to select a preset station. To scan for receivable stations, press and hold beep. until you hear a Selecting a track/file STEP 1 Press STEP 2 Press “∧” or “∨” on to select the CD mode. to select the desired track/file. Selecting a folder (type A) STEP 1 Press STEP 2 Press and hold “∧” or “∨” on to select the CD mode. until you hear a beep. Selecting a disc in the CD player (with a CD changer) STEP 1 Press STEP 2 Press and hold “∧” or “∨” on 264 RAV4_U to select the CD mode. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: until you hear a beep. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 265 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-2. Using the audio system CAUTION n To reduce the risk of an accident Exercise care when operating the audio switches on the steering wheel. 3 Interior features I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 265 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 266 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) Hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) features∗ This system supports Bluetooth®, which allows you to make or receive calls without using cables to connect a cellular phone and the system, and without operating the cellular phone. Title Page Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) P. 270 Making a phone call P. 278 Setting a cellular phone P. 284 Security and system setup P. 289 Using the phone book P. 292 n Conditions affecting operation The hands-free phone system may not operate normally in the following situations: l The cellular phone is turned off, or located outside the service area. l The cellular phone has a low battery. l The cellular phone is not connected to the system. l The cellular phone is behind the seat or in the glove box, or metal material covers or touches the phone. n When transferring ownership of the vehicle Be sure to initialize the system to prevent personal data from being improperly accessed. ∗: If equipped 266 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 267 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) n Required profiles for the cellular phone l HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.0 l OPP (Object Push Profile) Ver. 1.1 If your cellular phone does not support HFP, the Bluetooth® phone cannot be entered and OPP serviced cannot be provided separately. n Trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG. Inc. 3 FCC ID: ACJ932C5ZZZ035 IC ID: 216J-C5ZZZ035 MADE IN JAPAN/MEXICO NOTE: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-210. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 267 Interior features n Certification for the hands-free phone system Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 268 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) NOTICE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: l Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. l Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. l Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. l Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. FCC WARNING: Changes or modifications in construction not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. CAUTION: Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure This equipment complies with FCC/IC radiation exposure limits set forth for uncontrolled equipment and meets the FCC radio frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines in Supplement C to OET65 and RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules. This equipment has very low levels of RF energy that it deemed to comply without maximum permissive exposure evaluation (MPE). But it is desirable that it should be installed and operated with at least 20 cm and more between the radiator and person’s body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and legs). Co-location: This transmitter must not be co-located or operated in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. 268 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 269 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) CAUTION n Caution while driving Do not use a cellular phone or connect the Bluetooth® phone. NOTICE n To prevent damage to a cellular phone Do not leave a cellular phone in the vehicle. The temperature inside may become high resulting in damage to the phone. 3 Interior features I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 269 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 270 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)∗ n Audio unit Displays such items as messages, name, and phone number Lower-case characters and special characters, such as an umlaut, cannot be displayed. Selects items such as menu or number Turn: Selects an item Press: Inputs the selected item Press and hold: Displays information that is too long to be displayed at one time on the screen Selects speed dials Displays the reception level Displays Bluetooth® connection condition If “BT” is not displayed, the hands-free phone system cannot be used. ∗: If equipped 270 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 271 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) n Steering wheel telephone switches Volume The voice guidance volume cannot be adjusted using this button. Hands-free phone system off/ends a call/refuses a call Hands-free phone system on/starts a call Press: Voice command system on Press and hold: Voice command system off Interior features n Microphone I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 3 271 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 272 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) Operating the system using a voice command By following voice guidance instructions output from the speaker, voice commands can be given to allow for operation of the handsfree phone system without checking the display or operating . n Operation procedure when using a voice command Press and say a command for a desired function. (→P. 274) n Auxiliary commands when using a voice command The following auxiliary commands can be used when operating the system using a voice command: Cancel: Exits the hands-free phone system Repeat: Repeats the previous voice guidance instruction Go back: Returns to the previous procedure Help: Reads aloud the function summary if a help comment is registered for the selected function 272 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 273 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) Using the hands-free phone system for the first time Before using the hands-free phone system, it is necessary to register a cellular phone in the system. The phone registration mode will be entered automatically when starting the system with no cellular phone registered. Follow the procedure below to register a cellular phone: STEP 1 Press or . The introductory guidance and phone name registration instructions are heard. STEP 2 Register a phone name by either of the following methods. 3 a. Select “Record Name” using , and say a name to be Interior features registered. b. Press and say a name to be registered. A voice guidance instruction to confirm the input is heard. STEP 3 Select “Confirm” using a voice command or . A passkey is displayed and heard, and a voice guidance instruction for inputting the passkey into the cellular phone is heard. STEP 4 Input the passkey into the cellular phone. Refer to the manual that comes with the cellular phone for the operation of the phone. Guidance for registration completion is heard. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 273 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 274 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) Menu list of the hands-free phone system n Normal operation Second menu Third menu Callback - - Dialing a number stored in the incoming call history memory Redial - - Dialing a number stored in the outgoing call history memory Dial by number - - Dialing by inputting a number Dial by name - - Dialing by inputting a name registered in the phone book Add Entry - Adding a new number Change Name - Changing a name in the phone book Delete Entry - Deleting the phone book data Delete Speed Dial (Del Spd Dial) - Deleting a registered speed dial List Names - Listing the phone book data Set Speed Dial (Speed Dial) - Registering a speed dial First menu Phonebook 274 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Operation detail Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 275 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) First menu Second menu Setup Phone Setup System Setup Set PIN Setting a PIN code Phonebook Lock Locking the phone book Phonebook Unlock Unlocking the phone book Pair Phone Registering the cellular phone to be used Change Name Changing a registered name of a cellular phone Delete Deleting a registered cellular phone 3 List Phones Listing the registered cellular phones Select Phone Selecting a cellular phone to be used Set Passkey Changing the passkey Guidance Volume (Guidance Vol) Setting voice guidance volume Initialize Initialization I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U Operation detail Interior features Security Third menu 275 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 276 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) n Using a short cut key First menu Second menu Operation detail Dial “XXX (name)” - Dialing a number registered in the phone book Phone book add entry - Adding a new number Phone book change name - Changing the name of a phone number in the phone book Phone book delete entry - Deleting phone book data Phone book list names - Listing the phone book data Phone book set speed dial - Registering a speed dial Phone book delete speed dial - Deleting a speed dial Phonebook 276 RAV4_U Phonebook Unlock Unlocking the phone book Phonebook Lock Locking the phone book I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 277 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) n Automatic adjustment of volume When vehicle speed is 50 mph (80 km/h) or more, the volume automatically increases. The volume returns to the previous volume setting when vehicle speed drops to 43 mph (70 km/h) or less. n When using a voice command l For numbers, say a combination of single digits from zero to nine, # (pound), ∗ (star), and + (plus). l Say a command correctly and clearly. n The system may not recognize your voice in the following situations: l When driving on a rough road l When driving at high speeds 3 l When air is blowing out of the vents onto the microphone Interior features l When the air conditioning fan emits a loud noise n The following cannot be performed while driving: l Operating the system with l Registering a cellular phone to the system n Changing the passkey →P. 287 I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 277 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 278 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) Making a phone call n Making a phone call l Dialing by inputting a number “Dial by number” l Dialing by inputting a name “Dial by name” l Speed dialing l Dialing a number stored in the outgoing history memory “Redial” l Dialing a number stored in the incoming history memory “Call back” n Receiving a phone call l Answering the phone l Refusing the call n Transferring a call n Using the call history memory l Dialing l Storing data in the phone book l Deleting 278 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 279 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) Dialing by inputting a number STEP 1 Press and say “Dial by number”. STEP 2 Press and say the phone number. STEP 3 Dial by one of the following methods: a. Press . b. Press and say “Dial”. . I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U Interior features c. Select “Dial” using 3 279 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 280 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) Dialing by inputting a name STEP 1 Press STEP 2 Select a registered name to be input by either of the following methods: and say “Dial by name”. a. Press and say a registered name. b. Press and say “List names”. Press while the desired name is being read aloud. STEP 3 Dial by one of the following methods: a. Press . b. Press and say “Dial”. c. Select “Dial” using . Speed dialing STEP 1 Press STEP 2 Press the preset button in which the desired number is registered. STEP 3 Press 280 RAV4_U . . I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 281 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) When receiving a phone call n Answering the phone Press . n Refusing the call Press . Transferring a call a. Operate the cellular phone. Refer to the manual that comes with the cellular phone for the operation of the phone. b. Press *1 c. Press and say “Call Transfer” *2. *1 . : This operation can be performed only when transferring a call from the cellular phone to the system during a call. *2: While the vehicle is in motion, a call cannot be transferred from the system to the cellular phone. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 281 3 Interior features A call can be transferred between the cellular phone and system while dialing or receiving a call, or during a call. Use one of the following methods: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 282 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) Using the call history memory Follow the procedure below to use a number stored in the call history memory: STEP 1 Press and say “Redial” (when using a number stored in the outgoing call history memory) or “Call back” (when using a number stored in the incoming call history memory). STEP 2 Select the number by either of the following methods: a. Say “Previous” or “Go back” until the desired number is displayed. b. Select the desired number using . The following operations can be performed: Dialing: Press or select “Dial” using a voice command or . Storing the number in the phone book: Select “Store” using a voice command or . Deleting: Select “Delete” using a voice command or 282 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: . Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 283 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) n Call history Up to 5 phone numbers can be stored in each of the outgoing and incoming call history memories. n When talking on the phone l Do not talk simultaneously with the other party. l Keep the volume of the received voice down. Otherwise, voice echo will increase. 3 Interior features I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 283 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 284 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) Setting a cellular phone Registering a cellular phone in the hands-free phone system allows the system to function. The following functions can be used for registered cellular phones: n Functions and operation procedures To enter the menu for each function, follow the steps below using a voice command or : l Registering a cellular phone 1. “Setup” → 2. “Phone Setup” → 3. “Pair Phone” l Selecting the cellular phone to be used 1. “Setup” → 2. “Phone Setup” → 3. “Select Phone” l Changing a registered name 1. “Setup” → 2. “Phone Setup” → 3. “Change Name” l Listing the registered cellular phones 1. “Setup” → 2. “Phone Setup” → 3. “List Phones” l Deleting a cellular phone 1. “Setup” → 2. “Phone Setup” → 3. “Delete” l Changing the passkey 1. “Setup” → 2. “Phone Setup” → 3. “Set Passkey” Registering a cellular phone Select “Pair Phone” using a voice command or procedure for registering a cellular phone. (→P. 273) 284 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: , and do the Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 285 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) Selecting the cellular phone to be used STEP 1 Select “Select Phone” using a voice command or . Pattern A STEP 2 Select the cellular phone to be used by either of the following methods, and select “Confirm” using a voice command or : a. Press and say the desired phone name. b. Press and say “List phones”. While the name of the 3 . Pattern B STEP 2 Select the cellular phone to be used using . Changing a registered name STEP 1 Select “Change Name” using a voice command or STEP 2 Select the name of the cellular phone to be changed by one of the following methods: a. Press and say the desired phone name, and select “Confirm” using a voice command or I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U . . 285 Interior features desired cellular phone is being read aloud, press Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 286 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) b. Press and say “List phones”. While the desired phone name is being read aloud, press c. Select the desired phone name using STEP 3 Press . . or select “Record Name” using , and say a new name. STEP 4 Select “Confirm” using a voice command or . Listing the registered cellular phones Selecting “List Phones” using a voice command or causes the list of registered cellular phones to be read aloud. When listing is complete, the system returns to “Phone Setup”. Pressing while the name of a cellular phone is being read selects the cellular phone, and the following functions will be available: • Selecting a cellular phone: “Select Phone” • Changing a registered name: “Change Name” • Deleting a cellular phone: “Delete” 286 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 287 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) Deleting a cellular phone STEP 1 Select “Delete” using a voice command or . Pattern A STEP 2 Select the cellular phone to be deleted by either of the following methods and select “Confirm” using a voice command or : a. Press and say the name of the desired cellular 3 phone. and say “List phones”. While the name of the desired cellular phone is being read aloud, press . Pattern B STEP 2 Select the desired cellular phone to be deleted using . Changing the passkey STEP 1 Select “Set Passkey” using a voice command or . Pattern A STEP 2 Press , say a 4 to 8-digit number, and select “Confirm” using a voice command or I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U . 287 Interior features b. Press Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 288 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) Pattern B STEP 2 Select a 4 to 8-digit number using . The number should be input 1 digit at a time. STEP 3 When the entire number to be registered as a passkey has been input, press once again. n The number of cellular phones that can be registered Up to 6 cellular phones can be registered in the system. 288 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 289 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) Security and system setup To enter the menu of each setting, follow the steps below: n Security setting items and operation procedure l Setting or changing the PIN (Personal Identification Number) 1. “Setup” → 2. “Security” → 3. “Set PIN” l Locking the phone book 1. “Setup” → 2. “Security” → 3. “Phonebook Lock” l Unlocking the phone book 1. “Setup” → 2. “Security” → 3. “Phonebook Unlock” n System setup items and operation procedure l Setting voice guidance volume 1. “Setup” → 2. “System Setup” → 3. “Guidance Vol” 3 Interior features l Initialization 1. “Setup” → 2. “System Setup” → 3. “Initialize” can only be used for system setup operation. Setting or changing the PIN n Setting a PIN STEP 1 Select “Set PIN” using a voice command or STEP 2 Enter a PIN using a voice command or When using . . , input the code 1 digit at a time. n Changing the PIN STEP 1 Select “Set PIN” using a voice command or I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U . 289 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 290 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) STEP 2 Enter the registered PIN using a voice command or STEP 3 Enter a new PIN using a voice command or When using . . , input the code 1 digit at a time. Locking or unlocking the phone book STEP 1 Select “Phonebook lock (Phbk Lock)” or “Phonebook unlock (Phbk Unlock)” using a voice command or STEP 2 . Input the PIN by either of the following methods and select “Confirm” using a voice command or a. Press : and say the registered PIN. b. Input a registered PIN using . Setting voice guidance volume STEP 1 Select “Guidance Vol” using STEP 2 Change the voice guidance volume. To decrease the volume: Turn To increase the volume: Turn 290 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: . counterclockwise. clockwise. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 291 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) Initialization STEP 1 Select “Initialize” and then “Confirm” using STEP 2 Select “Confirm” using . . n Initialization l The following data in the system can be initialized: n When the phone book is locked The following functions cannot be used: l Dialing by inputting a name l Speed dialing l Dialing a number stored in the call history memory l Using the phone book I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 291 3 Interior features • Phone book • Outgoing and incoming call history • Speed dials • Registered cellular phone data • Security code l Once the initialization has been completed, the data cannot be restored to its original state. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 292 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) Using the phone book To enter the menu of each setting, follow the steps below: l Adding a new phone number 1. “Phonebook” → 2. “Add Entry” l Setting speed dial 1. “Phonebook” → 2. “Set Speed Dial (Speed Dial)” l Changing a registered name 1. “Phonebook” → 2. “Change Name” l Deleting registered data 1. “Phonebook” → 2. “Delete Entry” l Deleting speed dial 1. “Phonebook” → 2. “Delete Speed Dial (Del Spd Dial)” l Listing the registered data 1. “Phonebook” → 2. “List Names” Adding a new phone number The following methods can be used to add a new phone number: l Inputting a phone number using a voice command l Transferring data from the cellular phone l Inputting a phone number using l Selecting a phone number from outgoing or incoming call history 292 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 293 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) n Adding procedure STEP 1 Select “Add Entry” using a voice command or STEP 2 Use one of the following methods to input a phone number: . Inputting a phone number using a voice command STEP2-1:Select “By Voice” using a voice command or STEP2-2:Press . , say the desired number, and select “Confirm” using a voice command. 3 Transferring data from the cellular phone STEP2-1:Select “By Phone” and then “Confirm” using a voice . STEP2-2:Transfer the data from the cellular phone. Refer to the manual that comes with the cellular phone for the details of transferring data. STEP2-3:Select the data to be registered by either of the following methods: a. Say “Previous” or “Next” until the desired data is displayed, and select “Confirm” using a voice command. b. Select the desired data using I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U . 293 Interior features command or Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 294 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) Inputting a phone number using STEP2-1:Select “Manual Input” using . STEP2-2:Input a phone number using . Input the phone number 1 digit at a time. STEP2-3:When the entire number has been input, press once again. Selecting a phone number from outgoing or incoming call history STEP2-1:Select “Call History” using a voice command or . STEP2-2:Select “Outgoing” or “Incoming” using a voice command or . STEP2-3:Select the data to be registered by either of the following methods: a. Say “Previous” or “Go back” until the desired data is displayed, and select “Confirm” using a voice command. b. Select the desired data using 294 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: . Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 295 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) STEP 3 Select the name to be registered by either of the following methods, and select “Confirm” using a voice command or : a. Press and say the desired name. b. Select “Record Name” using , and say the desired name. STEP 4 Select “Confirm” using a voice command or . 3 Setting speed dials STEP 1 Select “Set Speed Dial (Speed Dial)” using a voice command or STEP 2 . Select the data to be registered as a speed dial by one of the following methods: a. Press , say desired name, and select “Confirm” using a voice command or I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U . 295 Interior features In STEP 3 , selecting “Set Speed Dial (Speed Dial)” instead of “Confirm” registers the newly added phone number as a speed dial. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 296 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) b. Press , and say “List names”. While the desired name is being read aloud, press , and select “Con- firm” using a voice command or . c. Select the desired data using STEP 3 . Select the desired preset button, and register the data into speed dial by either of the following methods: a. Press the desired preset button, and select “Confirm” using a voice command or . b. Press and hold the desired preset button. Changing a registered name STEP 1 Select “Change Name” using a voice command or STEP 2 Select the name to be changed by one of the following methods. a. Press , say desired name, and select “Confirm” using a voice command or 296 RAV4_U . I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: . Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 297 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) b. Press , and say “List names”. While the desired name is being read aloud, press , and select “Con- firm” using a voice command or c. Select the desired name using STEP 3 Press . . or select “Record Name” using , and say 3 a new name. Select “Confirm” using a voice command or Interior features STEP 4 . Deleting registered data STEP 1 Select “Delete Entry” using a voice command or . Pattern A STEP 2 Select the data to be deleted by either of the following methods, and select “Confirm” using a voice command or a. Press : , and say the name of the desired phone number to be deleted. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 297 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 298 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) b. Press , say “List phones”. While the name of the desired phone number is being read aloud, press . Pattern B STEP 2 Select the data to be deleted using . Deleting speed dials STEP 1 Select “Delete Speed Dial (Del Spd Dial)” using a voice command or STEP 2 . Press the preset button in which the desired speed dial is registered, and select “Confirm” using a voice command or . Listing the registered data Selecting “List names” using a voice command causes a list of the registered data to be read aloud. When listing is complete, the system returns to “Phonebook”. Pressing while the desired data is being read aloud selects the data, and the following function will be available. • • • • 298 RAV4_U Dialing: “Dial” Changing a registered name: “Change Name” Deleting an entry: “Delete Entry” Setting a speed dial: “Set Speed Dial (Speed Dial)” I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 299 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) n Limitation of number of digits A phone number that exceeds 24 digits cannot be registered. 3 Interior features I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 299 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 300 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-4. Using the interior lights Interior lights list Your Toyota is equipped with the illuminated entry system to assist in entering the vehicle. Owing to the function of the system, the lights shown in the following illustration (except the luggage compartment light) automatically turn on/off according to the presence of the electronic key (vehicles with smart key system), whether the doors are locked/unlocked, whether the doors are opened/closed, and the “ENGINE START STOP” switch mode or the engine switch position. The luggage compartment light turns on/off according to whether the back door is opened/closed. Interior light (→P. 302) Personal light main switch (→P. 301) Engine switch light Foot lights (if equipped) Luggage compartment light (turns on/off according to whether the back door is opened/closed) 300 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 301 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-4. Using the interior lights Personal/interior light main switch and personal/interior lights Personal/interior light main switch Type A Door position The personal lights and interior light come on when a door is opened. They go off when the doors are closed. Off The personal lights and interior light can be individually turned on or off. 3 Type B Interior features Personal/interior lights Type A On/off I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 301 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 302 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-4. Using the interior lights Personal/interior lights and interior light and luggage compartment light Type B On/off Interior light Door position Off On Luggage compartment light On Off 302 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 303 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-4. Using the interior lights Luggage compartment light n To prevent battery discharge (excluding luggage compartment light) If the lights remain on when a door is not fully closed and the personal/interior light main switch is in door position, the lights will go off automatically after 20 minutes. n Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer Settings (e.g. the time elapsed before lights turn off) can be changed. (Customizable features →P. 491) 3 Interior features I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 303 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 304 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-5. Using the storage features List of storage features Cup holders Bottle holders Auxiliary box Glove box Overhead console Console box 304 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 305 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-5. Using the storage features Glove box Glove box Unlock with the master (vehicles without smart system) or mechanical (vehicles with smart key tem) key key key sys- Lock with the master (vehicles without smart system) or mechanical (vehicles with smart key tem) key key key sys3 Open (pull lever) Interior features CAUTION n Caution while driving Keep the glove box closed. Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden braking. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 305 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 306 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-5. Using the storage features Console box Console box Upper tray Lift the lid. Lower box Pull the lever up and lift the lid. CAUTION n Caution while driving Keep the console box closed. Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden braking. 306 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 307 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-5. Using the storage features Overhead console Overhead console The overhead console is useful for temporarily storing sunglasses and similar small items. Press in the lid. 3 CAUTION Do not leave glasses or lighters in the console. If the interior of the vehicle becomes hot, lighters may explode and glasses may warp or become cracked. n Caution while driving Keep the overhead console closed. Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden braking. n Items unsuitable for storing Do not store items heavier than 0.4 lb. (0.2 kg). Doing so may cause the overhead console to open and the items inside may fall out, resulting in an accident. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 307 Interior features n Items that should not be left in the overhead console Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 308 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-5. Using the storage features Cup holders Cup holders Type A Removing the adapters changes the size. (→P. 308) Type B To use the cup holders, pull the strap forward and fold down the center seatback. n Adjusting size of the cup holders (Type A only) Remove the adapters. 308 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 309 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-5. Using the storage features Cup holders and bottle holders CAUTION n Items unsuitable for the cup holder Do not place anything other than cups or aluminum cans in the cup holders. Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or sudden braking and cause injury. If possible, cover hot drinks to prevent burns. Bottle holders Front seat 3 Interior features Second seat I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 309 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 310 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-5. Using the storage features Bottle holders Third seat CAUTION n Items unsuitable for the bottle holder Do not place anything other than a bottle in the bottle holders. Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or sudden braking and cause injury. NOTICE n Items that should not be stowed in the bottle holders Put the cap on before stowing a bottle. Do not place open bottles in the bottle holders, or glasses and paper cups containing liquid. The contents may spill and glasses may break. 310 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 311 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-5. Using the storage features Auxiliary box Auxiliary box To open and close the auxiliary box, press the button. CAUTION 3 n Caution while driving Interior features Keep the auxiliary box closed. Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden braking. NOTICE n Operating the auxiliary box If it is difficult to open or close the auxiliary box on a steep hill, move the vehicle to a level place. To avoid damage to the auxiliary box, do not apply excessive force to operate it. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 311 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 312 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-6. Other interior features Sun visors Forward position: Flip down. Side position: Flip down, unhook, and swing to the side. Side extender: Place in side position then slide backwards. 312 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 313 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-6. Other interior features Vanity mirrors Slide the cover. The light turns on when the cover is opened. 3 Interior features I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 313 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 314 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-6. Other interior features Clock Vehicles with a manual air conditioning system Adjusts the hours. Adjusts the minutes. Rounds hour.* to the nearest *: e.g. 1:00 to 1:29 → 1:00 1:30 to 1:59 → 2:00 Vehicles with an automatic air conditioning system Adjusts the hours. Adjusts the minutes. Rounds hour.* to the nearest *: e.g. 1:00 to 1:29 → 1:00 1:30 to 1:59 → 2:00 n The clock is displayed when Vehicles without smart key system The engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position. Vehicles with smart key system The “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode. n When disconnecting and reconnecting battery terminals The time display will automatically be set to 1:00. 314 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 315 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-6. Other interior features Power outlets The power outlet can be used for a following component. 12 V: Accessories that run on less than 10 A. 120 VAC: Accessories that use less than 100 W. n 12 V Type A 3 Interior features Type B Type C I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 315 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 316 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-6. Other interior features n 120 VAC (if equipped) Main switch To use the power outlet, turn on the main switch. Power outlet socket n The power outlet can be used when 12V l Vehicles without smart key system The engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position. l Vehicles with smart key system The “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode. 120 VAC l Vehicles without smart key system The engine switch is in the “ON” position. l Vehicles with smart key system The “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in IGNITION ON mode. 316 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 317 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-6. Other interior features NOTICE n To avoid damaging the power outlet Close the power outlet lid when the power outlet is not in use. Foreign objects or liquids that enter the power outlet may cause a short circuit. n To prevent the fuse from being blown 12V Do not use an accessory that uses more than 12 V 10 A. 120 VAC Do not use a 120 VAC appliance that requires more than 100 W. If a 120 VAC appliance that consumes more than 100 W is used, the protection circuit will cut the power supply. Do not use the power outlet longer than necessary when the engine is not running. n Appliances that may not operate properly (120 VAC) The following 120 VAC appliances may not operate properly even if their power consumption is under 100 W. l Appliances with high initial peak wattage l Measuring devices that process precise data l Other appliances that require an extremely stable power supply I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 317 Interior features n To prevent battery discharge 3 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 318 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-6. Other interior features Seat heaters∗ Heats the driver’s seat Heats the front passenger’s seat The indicator light is on while the seat heater is operating. Push the switch once again to turn off the seat heater. n The seat heaters can be used when Vehicles without smart key system The engine switch is in the “ON” position. Vehicles with smart key system The “ENGINE START STOP” switch is in IGNITION ON mode. CAUTION n Burns l Use caution when seating the following persons in a seat with the seat heater on to avoid the possibility of burns: • • • • Babies, small children, the elderly, the sick and the disabled Persons with sensitive skin Persons who are fatigued Persons who have taken alcohol or drugs that induce sleep (sleeping drugs, cold remedies, etc.) l Do not cover the seat with anything when using the seat heater. Using the seat heater with a blanket or cushion increases the temperature of the seat and may lead to overheating. ∗: If equipped 318 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 319 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-6. Other interior features NOTICE n To prevent seat heater damage Do not put unevenly weighted objects on the seat and do not stick sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.) into the seat. n To prevent battery discharge Turn the switches off when the engine is not running. 3 Interior features I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 319 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 320 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-6. Other interior features Armrest To use the armrest, pull the strap forward and fold down the center seatback. NOTICE n To prevent damage to the armrest Do not place too much strain on the armrest. 320 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 321 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-6. Other interior features Coat hooks CAUTION n Items that must not be hung on the hook (vehicles with SRS curtain shield airbags) NOTICE n To prevent damage to the coat hook Do not place too much load on the coat hook. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 321 Interior features Do not hang a coat hanger or other hard or sharp objects on the hook. If the SRS curtain shield airbags deploy, these items may become projectiles that cause death or serious injury. 3 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 322 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-6. Other interior features Floor mat Securely place a mat that matches the size of the space on the carpet. Secure the driver's floor mat using the hooks provided. CAUTION n When inserting the floor mat Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in the floor mat slipping and interfering with the movement of the pedals during driving, resulting in an accident. l Make sure the floor mat is properly placed on the vehicle carpet and the correct side faces upward. l Do not place floor mats on top of existing mats. 322 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 323 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-6. Other interior features Luggage compartment features n Cargo hooks Cargo hooks are provided for securing loose items. n Grocery bag hooks 3 Interior features n Storage box (vehicles without third seats) Type A The rear deck board can be folded up into two positions. STEP 1 Lift the rear deck board. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 323 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 324 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-6. Other interior features STEP 2 Fold up the deck board. The lid can be removed. Type B Lift the front deck board. 324 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 325 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-6. Other interior features n Luggage cover (if equipped) STEP 1 Attach the hooks to the head restraints. If necessary, move the second seats to enable the hook engagement. STEP 2 Pull out the luggage cover and hook onto the anchors. 3 Interior features I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 325 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 326 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-6. Other interior features n Rear cargo net (if equipped) Pattern A Insert the left end of the pipe into the hole. Compress the right end of the pipe and insert it into the hole. Pattern B 326 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 327 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-6. Other interior features Pattern C Pattern D 3 Interior features Removing the luggage cover (if equipped) The luggage cover can be removed by following the procedure below. STEP 1 STEP 2 Detach the hooks of the luggage cover. Compress the end of the luggage cover and lift the luggage cover up. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 327 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 328 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-6. Other interior features Stowing the luggage cover (if equipped) STEP 1 Open the rear deck board and remove the deck side cover. STEP 2 Insert the right end of the luggage cover into the recess, then compress the left end of the luggage cover and insert it into the recess. 328 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 329 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-6. Other interior features Stowing the rear cargo net (if equipped) STEP 1 Open the rear deck board and remove the deck side cover. (→P. 328) STEP 2 Insert the right end of the pipe into the recess, then compress the left end of the pipe and insert it into the recess. 3 Stowing the luggage cover and rear cargo net (if equipped) together I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 329 Interior features Stow the rear cargo net before stowing the luggage cover. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 330 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 3-6. Other interior features CAUTION n When the cargo hooks are not in use To avoid injury, always return the cargo hooks to their stowed positions. n Caution while driving l Do not drive with any of the deck boards opened. Items may fall out and cause injury. l Do not place anything on the luggage cover to avoid death or serious injury. n When installing/stowing the luggage cover and rear cargo net Make sure that the luggage cover and rear cargo net is securely installed/ stowed. Failure to do so may result in serious injury in the event of sudden braking or a collision. n Using the rear cargo net Observe the following precautions to avoid death or serious injury. l Do not climb on or hang on the net. l Do not place anything on the net higher than the rear seatbacks. Items may be thrown out of the rear cargo net in the event of an accident or sudden braking. NOTICE n To prevent damage to the grocery bag hooks Do not hang heavy loads on the hooks. n Using the rear cargo net l Do not place fragile items on the net. l Do not place anything heavier than 22.1lb. (10kg) on the net. 330 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 332 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-1. Maintenance and care Cleaning and protecting the vehicle exterior Perform the following to protect the vehicle and maintain it in prime condition. l Working from top to bottom, liberally apply water to the vehicle body, wheel wells and underside of the vehicle to remove any dirt and dust. Wash the vehicle body using a sponge or soft cloth, such as a chamois. l For hard-to-remove marks, use car wash soap and rinse thoroughly with water. l Wipe away any water. l Wax the vehicle when the waterproof coating deteriorates. If water does not bead on a clean surface, apply wax when the vehicle body is cool. n Automatic car washes l Before washing the vehicle, do the following. • Fold the mirrors back. • Remove the antenna. l Brushes used in automatic car washes may scratch the vehicle surface and harm your vehicle’s paint. n High pressure car washes l Do not allow the nozzles of the car wash to come within close proximity of the windows. l Before car wash, check that the fuel filler door on your vehicle is closed properly. 332 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 333 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-1. Maintenance and care n Aluminum wheels Remove any dirt immediately using a neutral detergent. Do not use hard brushes or abrasive cleaners. Do not use strong or harsh chemical cleaners. Use the same mild detergent and wax as used on the paint. n Bumpers and side moldings Do not scrub with abrasive cleaners. n To prevent deterioration and body corrosion l Wash the vehicle immediately in the following cases: • • • • • After driving near the sea coast After driving on salted roads If you see coal tar or tree sap on the paint surface If you see dead insects or bird droppings on the paint After driving in an area contaminated with soot, oily smoke, mine dust, iron powder or chemical substances • If the vehicle becomes heavily soiled in dust or mud • If liquids such as benzene and gasoline are spilled on the paint surface l If the paint is chipped or scratched, have it repaired immediately. n Caution about the exhaust pipe Exhaust gasses cause the exhaust pipe to become quite hot. When washing the vehicle, be careful not to touch the pipe until it has cooled sufficiently, as touching a hot exhaust pipe can cause burns. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 333 Maintenance and care CAUTION 4 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 334 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-1. Maintenance and care NOTICE n To protect your vehicle’s painted surfaces Do not use organic cleaners such as benzene or gasoline. n Cleaning the exterior lights l Wash carefully. Do not use organic substances or scrub with a hard brush. This may damage the surfaces of the lights. l Do not apply wax on the surfaces of the lights. Wax may cause damage to the lenses. n To prevent damage to the windshield wiper arms When lifting the wiper arms away from the windshield, pull the driver side wiper arm upward first, and repeat for the passenger side. When returning the wipers to their original position, do so from the passenger side first. 334 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 335 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-1. Maintenance and care Cleaning and protecting the vehicle interior The following procedures will help protect your vehicle's interior and keep it in top condition: n Protecting the vehicle interior Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. Wipe dirty surfaces with a cloth dampened with lukewarm water. n Cleaning the leather areas l Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. l Wipe any excess dirt and dust with a soft cloth dampened with diluted detergent. Use a diluted water solution of approximately 5% neutral wool detergent. l Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off all remaining traces of detergent. n Synthetic leather areas l Remove loose dirt using a vacuum cleaner. l Apply a mild soap solution to the synthetic leather. l Allow the solution to soak in for a few minutes. Remove the dirt and wipe off the solution with a clean, damp cloth. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 335 4 Maintenance and care l Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining moisture. Allow the leather to dry in a shaded ventilated area. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 336 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-1. Maintenance and care n Caring for leather areas Toyota recommends cleaning the interior of the vehicle at least twice a year to maintain the quality of the vehicle's interior. n Shampooing the carpets There are several commercial foaming-type cleaners available. Use a sponge or brush to apply the foam. Rub in overlapping circles. Do not apply water. Excellent results are obtained by keeping the carpet as dry as possible. n Seat belts Clean with mild soap and lukewarm water using a cloth or sponge. Also check the belts periodically for excessive wear, fraying or cuts. CAUTION n Water in the vehicle l Do not splash or spill liquid in the vehicle. Doing so may cause electrical components etc. to malfunction or catch fire. l Do not get any of the SRS components or wiring in the vehicle interior wet. (→P. 97) Electrical malfunction may cause the airbags to deploy or not function properly, resulting in death or severe injury. 336 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 337 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-1. Maintenance and care NOTICE n Cleaning detergents Do not use organic substances such as benzene or gasoline, acidic or alkaline solutions, dye, bleach or other detergent. Doing so may discolor the vehicle interior or cause streaks or damage to painted surfaces. n Preventing damage to leather surfaces Observe the following precautions to avoid damage to and deterioration of leather surfaces. l Remove any dust or dirt on leather surfaces immediately. l Do not expose the vehicle to direct sunlight for extended periods of time. Park the vehicle in the shade, especially during summer. l Do not place items made of vinyl, plastic, or that contain wax on the upholstery, as they may stick to the leather surface if the vehicle interior heats up significantly. n Water on the floor n Cleaning the inside of the rear window l Do not use glass cleaner to clean the rear window, as this may cause damage to the rear window defogger heater wires. Use a cloth dampened with lukewarm water to gently wipe the windows clean. Wipe the windows in strokes running parallel to the heater wires. l Be careful not to scratch or damage the heater wires. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 337 4 Maintenance and care Do not wash the vehicle floor with water. Vehicle systems such as the audio system may be damaged if water comes into contact with electrical components under the floor of the vehicle, and may also cause the body to rust. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 338 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-2. Maintenance Maintenance requirements To ensure safe and economical driving, day-to-day care and regular maintenance is essential. It is the owner’s responsibility to perform regular checks. Toyota recommends the following maintenance. n General maintenance General maintenance should be performed on a daily basis. This can be done by yourself or by a Toyota dealer. n Scheduled maintenance Scheduled maintenance should be performed at specified intervals according to the maintenance schedule. For details about maintenance items and schedules, refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”. n Do-it-yourself maintenance You can perform some maintenance procedures yourself. Please be aware that do-it-yourself maintenance may affect warranty coverage. The use of Toyota Repair Manuals is recommended. For details about warranty coverage, see the separate “Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”. n Repair and replacement It is recommended that genuine Toyota parts be used for repair to ensure performance of each system. If non-Toyota parts are used in replacement or if a repair shop other than a Toyota dealer performs repairs, confirm the warranty coverage. 338 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 339 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-2. Maintenance n Allow inspection and repairs to be performed by a Toyota dealer l Toyota technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information. They are well informed about the operations of all systems on your vehicle. l Keep a copy of the repair order. It proves that the maintenance that has been performed is under warranty coverage. If any problem should arise while your vehicle is under warranty, your Toyota dealer will promptly take care of it. CAUTION n Warning in handling of battery l Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and a wide variety of automobile components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and other reproductive harm. Work in a well ventilated area. l Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds which are known to cause brain damage. Wash your hands after handling. (→P. 363) I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 339 4 Maintenance and care l Oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles as well as waste produced by component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Avoid exposure and wash any affected area immediately. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 340 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-2. Maintenance General maintenance Listed below are the general maintenance items that should be performed at the intervals specified in the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”. It is recommended that any problem you notice should be brought to the attention of your Toyota dealer or qualified service shop for advice. Engine compartment Items 340 RAV4_U Check points Battery Maintenance-free. (→P. 363) Brake fluid At the correct level? (→P. 361) Engine coolant At the correct level? (→P. 360) Engine oil At the correct level? (→P. 355) Exhaust system No fumes or strange sounds? Radiator/condenser/hoses Not blocked with foreign matter? (→P. 361) Washer fluid At the correct level? I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: (→P. 367) Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 341 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-2. Maintenance Vehicle interior Items Check points Accelerator pedal • Moves smoothly (without uneven pedal effort or catching)? Automatic transmission “Park” mechanism • Can the vehicle be held securely on an incline with the shift lever in P? Brake pedal • Moves smoothly? • Does it have appropriate clearance and correct amount of free play? Brakes • Not pull to one side when applied? • Loss of brake effectiveness? • Spongy feeling brake pedal? • Pedal almost touches floor? • Move smoothly and lock securely? Indicators/buzzers • Function properly? Lights • Do all the lights come on? • Headlights aimed correctly? Parking brake • Moves smoothly? • Can hold the vehicle securely on an incline? Seat belts • Does the seat belt system operate smoothly? • Are the belts undamaged? Seats • Do the seat controls operate properly? Steering wheel • Moves smoothly? • Has correct free play? • No strange noises? I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U Maintenance and care Head restraints 4 341 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 342 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-2. Maintenance Vehicle exterior Items Check points Doors • Operate smoothly? Engine hood • The lock system works properly? Fluid leaks • Is there any leakage after parking? Tires • Inflation pressure is correct? • Tire surfaces not worn or damaged? • Tires rotated according to the maintenance schedule? • Wheel nuts are not loose? CAUTION n If the engine is running Turn the engine off and ensure that there is adequate ventilation before performing maintenance checks. 342 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 343 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-2. Maintenance Emission inspection and maintenance (I/M) programs Some states have vehicle emission inspection programs which include OBD (On Board Diagnostics) checks. The OBD system monitors the operation of the emission control system. n If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on The OBD system determines that a problem exists somewhere in the emission control system. Your vehicle may not pass the I/ M test and may need to be repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to service the vehicle. n Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test: l When the battery is disconnected or discharged Readiness codes that are set during ordinary driving are erased. Also, depending on your driving habits, the readiness codes may not be completely set. 4 l When the fuel tank cap is loose n When the malfunction indicator lamp goes off after several driving trips The error code in the OBD system will not be cleared unless the vehicle is driven 40 or more times. n If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test Contact your Toyota dealer to prepare the vehicle for re-testing. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 343 Maintenance and care The malfunction indicator lamp comes on as a temporary malfunction and your vehicle may not pass the I/M test. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 344 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Do-it-yourself service precautions If you perform maintenance yourself, be sure to follow the correct procedures as given in these sections. Items Battery condition Brake fluid level Engine coolant level Engine oil level 344 RAV4_U Parts and tools (→P. 363) • Warm water • Baking soda • Grease • Conventional wrench (for terminal clamp bolts) (→P. 361) • FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703 brake fluid • Rag or paper towel • Funnel (used only for adding brake fluid) (→P. 360) • “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or similar high quality ethylene glycol based non-silicate, nonamine, non-nitrite and non-borate coolant with long-life hybrid organic acid technology. For the U.S.A.: “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with 50% coolant and 50% deionized water. For Canada: “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with 55% coolant and 45% deionized water. • Funnel (used only for adding engine coolant) (→P. 355) • Toyota Genuine Motor Oil or equivalent • Rag or paper towel, funnel (used only for adding oil) I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 345 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Items Fuses Parts and tools (→P. 388) • Fuse with same amperage rating as original Radiator and condenser (→P. 361) ⎯ Tire inflation pressure (→P. 375) • Tire pressure gauge • Compressed air source Washer fluid (→P. 367) • Water washer fluid containing antifreeze (for winter use) • Funnel Light bulb (→P. 400) • Bulb with same number and wattage rating as original • Flathead screwdriver 4 Maintenance and care I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 345 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 346 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance CAUTION The engine compartment contains many mechanisms and fluids that may move suddenly, become hot, or become electrically energized. To avoid death or serious injury, observe the following precautions. n When working on the engine compartment l Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from the moving fans and engine drive belt. l Be careful not to touch the engine, radiator, exhaust manifold, etc. right after driving as they may be hot. Oil and other fluids may also be hot. l Do not leave anything that may burn easily, such as paper or rags, in the engine compartment. l Do not smoke, cause sparks or expose an open flame to fuel or the battery. Fuel and battery fumes are flammable. l Be extremely cautious when working on the battery. It contains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid. l Take care because brake fluid can harm your hands or eyes and damage painted surfaces. If fluid gets on your hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with clean water immediately. If you still experience discomfort, see a doctor. n When working near the electric cooling fans or radiator grille Vehicles without smart key system: Be sure the engine switch is OFF. With the engine switch in the “ON” position, the electric cooling fans may automatically start to run if the air conditioning is on and/or the coolant temperature is high. (→P. 361) Vehicles with smart key system: Be sure the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is OFF. With the “ENGINE START STOP” switch in IGNITION ON mode, the electric cooling fans may automatically start to run if the air conditioning is on and/or the coolant temperature is high. (→P. 361) n Safety glasses Wear safety glasses to prevent flying or falling material, fluid spray, etc. from getting in the eyes. 346 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 347 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance NOTICE n If you remove the air cleaner filter Driving with the air cleaner removed may cause excessive engine wear due to dirt in the air. Also a backfire could cause a fire in the engine compartment. 4 Maintenance and care I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 347 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 348 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Hood Release the lock from the inside of the vehicle to open the hood. STEP 1 Pull the hood release lever. The hood will pop up slightly. STEP 2 Lift the hood catch and lift the hood. STEP 3 Hold the hood open by inserting the supporting rod into the slot. 348 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 349 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance CAUTION n Pre-driving check Check that the hood is fully closed and locked. If the hood is not locked properly, it may open while the vehicle is in motion and cause an accident, which may result in death or serious injury. n After installing the support rod into the slot Make sure the rod supports the hood securely from falling down on to your head or body. NOTICE n When closing the hood Be sure to return the support rod to its clip before closing the hood. Closing the hood with the support rod up could cause the hood to bend. 4 Maintenance and care I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 349 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 350 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Positioning a floor jack When raising your vehicle with a floor jack, position the jack correctly. Improper placement may damage your vehicle or cause injury. n Front n Rear 350 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 351 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance CAUTION n When raising your vehicle Make sure to observe the following to reduce the possibility of death or serious injury. l Lift up the vehicle using a floor jack such as the one shown in the illustration. l Do not use the jack that was supplied with your vehicle. l Do not put any part of your body or get underneath the vehicle supported only by the floor jack. Always use automotive jack stands on a solid, level surface. 4 l Do not start the engine while the vehicle is supported by the floor jack. l Make sure to set the floor jack properly at the jack point. Raising the vehicle with an improperly positioned floor jack will damage the vehicle and may cause the vehicle to fall off the floor jack. l Do not raise the vehicle while someone is in the vehicle. l When raising the vehicle, do not place any objects on top of or underneath the floor jack. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 351 Maintenance and care l Stop the vehicle on level firm ground, firmly set the parking brake and shift the shift lever in P. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 352 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Engine compartment 2.5 L 4-cylinder (2AR-FE) engine Fuse boxes (→P. 388) Radiator (→P. 361) Engine coolant reservoir (→P. 360) Condenser (→P. 361) Engine oil filler cap (→P. 356) Engine oil level dipstick (→P. 355) Battery Washer fluid tank (→P. 367) (→P. 363) Electric cooling fans Brake fluid reservoir (→P. 361) 352 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 353 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine 4 (→P. 388) Radiator (→P. 361) Engine coolant reservoir (→P. 360) Condenser (→P. 361) Engine oil filler cap (→P. 356) Engine oil level dipstick (→P. 355) Battery Washer fluid tank (→P. 367) (→P. 363) Maintenance and care Fuse boxes Electric cooling fans Brake fluid reservoir (→P. 361) I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 353 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 354 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Engine compartment cover n Removing the engine compartment cover n Installing the clips 354 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 355 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Engine oil With the engine at operating temperature and turned off, check the oil level on the dipstick. n Checking the engine oil STEP 1 Park the vehicle on level ground. After turning off the engine, wait more than five minutes for the oil to drain back into the bottom of the engine. STEP 2 Hold a rag under the end and pull the dipstick out. 4 Wipe the dipstick clean. STEP 4 Reinsert the dipstick fully. STEP 5 Holding a rag under the end, pull the dipstick out and check the oil level. STEP 6 Wipe the dipstick and reinsert it fully. 2.5 L 4-cylinder (2AR-FE) engine Low Full I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 355 Maintenance and care STEP 3 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 356 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine Low Full n Adding engine oil If the oil level is below or near the low level mark, add engine oil of the same type as already in the engine. Make sure to check the oil type and prepare the items needed before adding oil. Oil grade Items ILSAC multi-grade engine oil Clean funnel STEP 1 Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise. STEP 2 Add engine oil slowly, checking the dipstick. STEP 3 Install the oil filler cap by turning it clockwise. The approximate quantity of oil needed to raise the level from low to full on the dipstick is indicated as follows: 1.6 qt. (1.5 L, 1.3 lmp. qt.) 356 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 357 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance n Recommended viscosity 2.5 L 4-cylinder (2AR-FE) engine 5W-20, 0W-20 *1:SAE 5W-20 or 0W-20 engine oil may be used. However, SAE 0W-20 is the best choice for good fuel economy, and good starting in cold weather. *1 Outside temperature 3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine SAE 5W-30 is the best choice for good fuel economy, and good starting in cold weather. *2 Outside temperature n How to read oil container labels Some oil containers are labeled with ILSAC certification marks that help you to select the proper oil. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 357 4 Maintenance and care *2:If SAE 5W-30 oil is not available, SAE 10W-30 oil may be used. However, it should be replaced with SAE 5W-30 at the next oil change. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 358 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance n Engine oil consumption l The amount of engine oil consumed depends on the oil viscosity, the quality of the oil and the way the vehicle is driven. l More oil is consumed under driving conditions such as high speeds and frequent acceleration and deceleration. l A new engine consumes more oil. l When judging the amount of oil consumption, keep in mind that the oil may have become diluted, making it difficult to judge the true level accurately. l Oil consumption: Max. 1.1 qt./600 miles, 0.9 lmp.qt./600 miles (1.0 L per 1000 km) l If your vehicle consumes more than 1.1 qt. (1.0 L, 0.9 lmp.qt.) every 600 miles (1000 km), contact your Toyota dealer. n Changing the engine oil (U.S.A. only) To reset the oil change system, follow the procedure below: Vehicles without smart key system STEP 1 Turn the engine switch off with the trip meter A reading shown. (→P. 156) STEP 2 While pressing the trip meter reset button, turn the engine switch to the “ON” position. STEP 3 Press and hold the button until the trip meter displays “000000”. Vehicles with smart key system STEP 1 Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch off with the trip meter A reading shown. (→P. 156) STEP 2 While pressing the trip meter reset button, turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch to IGNITION ON mode. STEP 3 Press and hold the button until the trip meter displays “000000”. 358 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 359 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance CAUTION n Used engine oil l Used engine oil contains potentially harmful contaminants which may cause skin disorders such as inflammation or skin cancer, so care should be taken to avoid prolonged and repeated contact. To remove used engine oil from your skin, wash thoroughly with soap and water. l Dispose of used oil and filters only in a safe and acceptable manner. Do not dispose of used oil and filters in household trash, in sewers or onto the ground. Call your Toyota dealer, service station or auto parts store for information concerning recycling or disposal. l Do not leave used engine oil within the reach of children. NOTICE n To prevent serious engine damage 4 Check the oil level on a regular basis. n When replacing the engine oil Maintenance and care l Be careful not to spill engine oil on the vehicle components. l Avoid overfilling, as the engine could be damaged. l Check the oil level on the dipstick every time you refill the vehicle. l Be sure the engine oil filler cap is properly tightened. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 359 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 360 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Engine coolant The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “FULL” and “LOW” lines on the reservoir when the engine is cold. Reservoir cap “FULL” “LOW” If the level is on or below the “LOW” line, add coolant up to the “FULL” line. n If the coolant level drops within a short time after replenishing Visually check the radiator, hoses, engine coolant reservoir cap, drain cock and water pump. If you cannot find a leak, have your Toyota dealer test the cap and check for leaks in the cooling system. n Coolant selection Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or similar high quality ethylene glycol based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant with long-life hybrid organic acid technology. U.S.A.: “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and 50% deionized water. (Enabled: -31°F [-35°C]) Canada: “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and 45% deionized water. (Enabled: -44°F [-42°C]) For more details about engine coolant, contact your Toyota dealer. CAUTION n When the engine is hot Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap. The cooling system may be under pressure and may spray hot coolant if the cap is removed, causing burns or other injuries. 360 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 361 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance NOTICE n When adding engine coolant Coolant is neither plain water nor straight antifreeze. The correct mixture of water and antifreeze must be used to provide proper lubrication, corrosion protection and cooling. Be sure to read the antifreeze or coolant label. n If you spill coolant Be sure to wash it off with water to prevent damage to parts or paint. Radiator and condenser Check the radiator and condenser, and clear any foreign objects. If either of the above parts are extremely dirty or you are not sure of their condition, have your vehicle checked by your Toyota dealer. CAUTION 4 n When the engine is hot Brake fluid n Checking fluid level The brake fluid level should be between the “MAX” and “MIN” lines on the tank. “MAX” “MIN” Make sure to check the fluid type and prepare the necessary items. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 361 Maintenance and care Do not touch the radiator or condenser as they may be hot and may cause burns. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 362 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance n Adding fluid Fluid type Items SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid Clean funnel n Brake fluid can absorb moisture from the air Excess moisture in the fluid can cause a dangerous loss of braking efficiency. Use only newly opened brake fluid. CAUTION n When filling the reservoir Take care because brake fluid can harm your hands or eyes and damage painted surfaces. If fluid gets on your hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with clean water immediately. If you still experience discomfort, see a doctor. NOTICE n If the fluid level is low or high It is normal for the brake fluid level to go down slightly as the brake pads wear or when the fluid level in the accumulator is high. If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, it may indicate a serious problem. 362 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 363 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Battery n Battery exterior Make sure that the battery terminals are not corroded and that there are no loose connections, cracks, or loose clamps. Terminals Hold-down clamp n Checking battery condition Check the battery condition using the indicator color. 4 Type A White: Charging is necessary. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. Red: Not working properly. Have the battery checked by your Toyota dealer. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 363 Maintenance and care Blue: Good condition Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 364 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Type B Green: Good condition Dark: Charging is necessary. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. Clear or light yellow: Not working properly. Have the vehicle checked by your Toyota dealer. n Before recharging When recharging, the battery produces hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. Therefore, before recharging: l If recharging with the battery installed on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect the ground cable. l Make sure the power switch on the charger is off when connecting and disconnecting the charger cables to the battery. n After recharging/reconnecting the battery (vehicles with smart key system) In some cases, the engine may not start. Follow the procedure below to initialize the system. STEP 1 Shift the shift lever to P, and turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch OFF. STEP 2 Open and close any of the doors. STEP 3 Start the engine. (If the engine does not start first time, repeat the procedure.) 364 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 365 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance CAUTION n Chemicals in the battery A battery contains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid and may produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. To reduce the risk of death or serious injury, take the following precautions while working on or near the battery: l Do not cause sparks by touching the battery terminals with tools. l Do not smoke or light a match near the battery. l Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothes. l Never inhale or swallow electrolyte. l Wear protective safety glasses when working near the battery. l Keep children away from the battery. n Where to safely charge the battery Always charge the battery in an open area. Do not charge the battery in a garage or closed room where there is not sufficient ventilation. 4 n How to recharge the battery I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 365 Maintenance and care Only perform a slow charge (5 A or less). The battery may explode if charged at a quicker rate. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 366 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance CAUTION n Emergency measures regarding electrolyte l If electrolyte gets in your eyes Flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge or cloth while traveling to the nearest medical facility. l If electrolyte gets on your skin Wash the affected area thoroughly. If you feel pain or burning, get medical attention immediately. l If electrolyte gets on your clothes It can soak through clothing on to your skin. Immediately take off the clothing and follow the procedure above if necessary. l If you accidentally swallow electrolyte Drink a large quantity of water or milk. Follow with milk of magnesia, beaten raw egg or vegetable oil. Get emergency medical attention immediately. NOTICE n When recharging the battery Never recharge the battery while the engine is running. Also, be sure all accessories are turned off. 366 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 367 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Washer fluid For vehicles sold in U.S.A. Add washer fluid in the following situations. l Any washer does not work. l The low washer fluid warning light comes on. For vehicles sold in Canada If any washer does not work or the low windshield washer fluid warning light comes on, the washer tank may be empty. Add washer fluid. CAUTION 4 n When filling the washer fluid NOTICE n Do not use any fluid other than washer fluid Do not use soapy water or engine antifreeze instead of washer fluid. Doing so may cause streaking on the vehicle’s painted surfaces. n Diluting washer fluid Dilute washer fluid with water as necessary. Refer to the freezing temperatures listed on the washer fluid tank. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 367 Maintenance and care Do not refill the washer fluid when the engine is hot or running, as the washer fluid contains alcohol and may catch fire if spilled on the engine etc. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 368 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Tires Replace or rotate tires in accordance with maintenance schedules and treadwear. n Checking tires New tread Treadwear indicator Worn tread The location of treadwear indicators is shown by the “TWI” or “ ” marks, etc., molded on the sidewall of each tire. Check spare tire condition and inflation pressure if not rotated. n Tire rotation Vehicles with a spare tire of the same wheel type as the installed tires Rotate the tires in the order shown. Front 368 RAV4_U To equalize tire wear and extend tire life, Toyota recommends that tire rotation is carried out at the same interval as tire inspection. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 369 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Except vehicles with a spare tire of the same wheel type as the installed tires Rotate the tires in the order shown. To equalize tire wear and extend tire life, Toyota recommends that tire rotation is carried out at the same interval as tire inspection. Front n The tire pressure warning system (if equipped) Your Toyota is equipped with a tire pressure warning system that uses tire pressure warning valves and transmitters to detect low tire inflation pressure before serious problems arise. (→P. 425) 4 Maintenance and care I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 369 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 370 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Installing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters When replacing tires or wheels, tire pressure warning valves and transmitters must also be installed. When new tire pressure warning valves and transmitters are installed, new tire pressure warning valve and transmitter ID codes must be registered in the tire pressure warning computer and the tire pressure warning system must be initialized. Have tire pressure warning valve and transmitter ID codes registered by your Toyota dealer. (→P. 370) Registering ID codes The tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is equipped with a unique ID code. When replacing a tire pressure warning valve and transmitter, it is necessary to register the ID code of tire pressure warning valve and transmitter. Have the ID code registered by your Toyota dealer. 370 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 371 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance n When to replace your vehicle's tires Tires should be replaced if: l You have tire damage such as cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to expose the fabric, or bulges indicating internal damage. l A tire goes flat repeatedly or cannot be properly repaired due to the size or location of a cut or other damage. If you are not sure, consult with your Toyota dealer. n Replacing tires and wheels If the ID code of the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is not registered, the tire pressure warning system will not work properly. After driving for about 20 minutes, the tire pressure warning light comes on after blinking for 1 minute to indicate a system malfunction. n Tire life Any tire over 6 years old must be checked by a qualified technician even if they have seldom or never been used or damage is not obvious. 4 n If the tread wears down below 0.16 in. (4 mm) on snow tires The effectiveness of snow tires is lost. Check that the number given by dividing the maximum load by 1.10 of the replacement tire is greater than 1/2 of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR) of either the front axle or the rear axle, whichever is greater. For the GAWR, see the Certification Label. For the maximum load of the tire, see the load limit at maximum cold tire inflation pressure mentioned on the sidewall of the tire. (→P. 480) I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 371 Maintenance and care n Maximum load of tire Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 372 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance n Tire types 1 Summer tires Summer tires are high-speed performance tires best suited to highway driving under dry conditions. Since summer tires do not have the same traction performance as snow tires, summer tires are inadequate for driving on snow-covered or icy roads. For driving on snow-covered roads or icy roads, the use of snow tires is recommended. When installing snow tires, be sure to replace all four tires. 2 All season tires All season tires are designed to provide better traction in snow and to be adequate for driving in most winter conditions, as well as for use year round. All season tires, however, do not have adequate traction performance compared with snow tires in heavy or loose snow. Also, all season tires fall short in acceleration and handling performance compared with summer tires in highway driving. 3 Snow tires For driving on snow-covered roads or icy roads, we recommend using snow tires. If you need snow tires, select tires of the same size, construction and load capacity as the originally installed tires. Since your vehicle has radial tires as original equipment, make sure your snow tires also have radial construction. Do not install studded tires without first checking local regulations for possible restriction. Snow tires should be installed on all wheels. (→P. 206) n Routine tire inflation pressure checks The tire pressure warning system does not replace routine tire inflation pressure checks. Make sure to check tire inflation pressure as part of your routine of daily vehicle checks. 372 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 373 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance n Tire pressure warning system certification FCC ID: PAXPMV107J FCC ID: HYQ13BCG IC ID: 3729A-PMV107J IC ID: 1551A-13BCG For vehicles sold in the U.S.A. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. FCC WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. For vehicles sold in Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. n When inspecting or replacing tires Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents. Failure to do so may cause damage to parts of the drive train, as well as dangerous handling characteristics, which may lead to an accident resulting in death or serious injury. l Do not mix tires of different makes, models or tread patterns. Also, do not mix tires of remarkably different treadwear. l Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended by Toyota. l Do not mix differently constructed tires (radial, bias-belted or bias-ply tires). l Do not mix summer, all season and snow tires. l Do not tow the vehicle with the spare tire installed. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 373 Maintenance and care CAUTION 4 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 374 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance NOTICE n Repairing or replacing tires, wheels and tire pressure warning valves and transmitters (vehicles with a tire pressure warning system) When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter may be damaged if not handled correctly. n To avoid damaging the tire pressure warning valves and transmit- ters (vehicles with a tire pressure warning system) Do not use liquid sealants on flat tires. n Do not use puncture sealant sprays to repair flats (vehicles with a tire pressure warning system) Puncture sealant sprays may damage tire pressure warning valves and transmitters. n Driving on rough roads Take particular care when driving on roads with loose surfaces or potholes. These conditions may cause losses in tire inflation pressure, reducing the cushioning ability of the tires. In addition, driving on rough roads may cause damage to the tires themselves, as well as the vehicle's wheels and body. n If tire inflation pressures become low while driving Do not continue driving, or your tires and/or wheels may be ruined. 374 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 375 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Tire inflation pressure n Tire inflation pressure The recommended cold tire inflation pressure and tire size is displayed on the tire and loading information label. (→P. 480) Type A 4 Maintenance and care I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 375 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 376 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Type B 376 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 377 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance n Inspection and adjustment procedure Tire valve Tire pressure gauge STEP 1 Remove the tire valve cap. STEP 2 Press the tip of the tire pressure gauge onto the tire valve. STEP 3 Read the pressure using the graduations of the gauge. STEP 4 If the tire inflation pressure is not within the recommended levels, adjust the pressure. If you add too much air, press the center of the valve to lower. After completing the tire inflation pressure measurement and adjustment, apply soapy water to the valve and check for leakage. STEP 6 Reinstall the tire valve cap. n Tire inflation pressure check interval You should check tire inflation pressure every two weeks, or at least once a month. Do not forget to check the spare. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 377 Maintenance and care STEP 5 4 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 378 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance n Effects of incorrect tire inflation pressure Driving with incorrect tire inflation pressure may result in the following: l Reduced fuel efficiency l Reduced driving comfort and tire life l Reduced safety l Damage to the drive train If a tire needs frequent refilling, have it checked by your Toyota dealer. n Instructions for checking tire inflation pressure When checking tire inflation pressure, observe the following: l Check only when the tires are cold. If your vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours and has not been driven for more than 1 mile or 1.5 km, you will get an accurate cold tire inflation pressure reading. l Always use a tire pressure gauge. The appearance of the tire can be misleading. In addition, tire inflation pressures that are even just a few pounds off can degrade ride and handling. l Do not bleed or reduce tire inflation pressure after driving. It is normal for the tire inflation pressure to be higher after driving. l Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight. Passengers and luggage weight should be placed so that the vehicle is balanced. 378 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 379 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance CAUTION n Proper inflation is critical to save tire performance Keep your tires properly inflated. Otherwise, the following conditions may occur and result in an accident causing death or serious injury. l Excessive wear l Uneven wear l Poor handling l Possibility of blowouts resulting from overheated tires l Poor sealing of the tire bead l Wheel deformation and/or tire separation l A greater possibility of tire damage from road hazards NOTICE 4 n When inspecting and adjusting tire inflation pressure I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 379 Maintenance and care Be sure to reinstall the tire valve caps. Without the valve caps, dirt or moisture could get into the valve and cause air leakage, which could result in an accident. If the caps have been lost, replace them as soon as possible. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 380 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Wheels If a wheel is bent, cracked or heavily corroded, it should be replaced. Otherwise, the tire may separate from the wheel or cause loss of handling control. n Wheel selection When replacing wheels, care should be taken to ensure that they are equivalent to those removed in load capacity, diameter, rim width, and inset*. Replacement wheels are available at your Toyota dealer. *: Conventionally referred to as “offset”. Toyota does not recommend using: l Wheels of different sizes or types l Used wheels l Bent wheels that have been straightened n Aluminum wheel precautions l Use only Toyota wheel nuts and wrenches designed for use with your aluminum wheels. l When rotating, repairing or changing your tires, check that the wheel nuts are still tight after driving 1000 miles (1600 km). l Be careful not to damage the aluminum wheels when using tire chains. l Use only Toyota genuine balance weights or equivalent and a plastic or rubber hammer when balancing your wheels. 380 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 381 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance n When replacing wheels (vehicles with a tire pressure warning sys- tem) The wheels of your Toyota are equipped with tire pressure warning valves and transmitters that allow the tire pressure warning system to provide advanced warning in the event of a loss in tire inflation pressure. Whenever wheels are replaced, the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters must be installed. (→P. 370) CAUTION n When replacing wheels l Do not use wheels that are a different size from those recommended in the Owner’s Manual, as this may result in loss of handling control. l Never use an inner tube in a leaking wheel which is designed for a tubeless tire. Doing so may result in an accident, causing serious injury or death. 4 n Replacing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters (vehicles with a tire pressure warning system) l Because tire repair or replacement may affect the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters, make sure to have tires serviced by your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop. In addition, make sure to purchase your tire pressure warning valves and transmitters at your Toyota dealer. l Ensure that only genuine Toyota wheels are used on your vehicle. Tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not work properly with non-genuine wheels. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 381 Maintenance and care NOTICE Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 382 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Air conditioning filter The air conditioning filter must be changed regularly to maintain air conditioning efficiency. n Removal method STEP 1 Vehicles without smart key system: Turn the engine switch off. Vehicles with smart key system: Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch off. STEP 2 Open the glove box. Slide off the damper. STEP 3 Push in each side of the glove box to disconnect the claws. STEP 4 Remove the filter cover. 382 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 383 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance n Replacement method Remove the air conditioning filter and replace it with a new one. The “↑UP” marks shown on the filter should be pointing up. n Checking interval Inspect and replace the air conditioning filter according to the maintenance schedule. In dusty areas or areas with heavy traffic flow, early replacement may be required. (For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.) 4 n If air flow from the vents decreases dramatically Maintenance and care The filter may be clogged. Check the filter and replace it if necessary. NOTICE n When using the air conditioning system Make sure that a filter is always installed. Using the air conditioning system without a filter may cause damage to the system. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 383 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 384 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Key battery Replace the battery with a new one if it is discharged. n You will need the following items: l Flathead screwdriver (To prevent damage to the key, cover the tip of the screwdriver with a rag.) l Small Phillips-head screwdriver l Lithium battery CR2016 (vehicles without smart key system) or CR1632 (vehicles with smart key system) n Replacing the battery (vehicles without smart key system) STEP 1 Remove the cover. STEP 2 Remove the module. 384 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 385 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance STEP 3 Open the case cover using a coin protected with tape etc. and remove the depleted battery. Insert a new battery with the “+” terminal facing up. n Replacing the battery (vehicles with smart key system) STEP 1 Take out the mechanical key. 4 Remove the cover. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U Maintenance and care STEP 2 385 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 386 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Remove the depleted battery. STEP 3 Insert a new battery with the “+” terminal facing up. n If the key battery is depleted The following symptoms may occur. l The smart key system and wireless remote control will not function properly. l The operational range is reduced. n Use a CR2016 (vehicles without smart key system) or CR1632 (vehicles with smart key system) lithium battery l Batteries can be purchased at your Toyota dealer, jewelers, or camera stores. l Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by your Toyota dealer. l Dispose of used batteries according to the local laws. CAUTION n Removed battery and other parts Keep away from children. These parts are small and if swallowed by a child they can cause choking. 386 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 387 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance NOTICE n For normal operation after replacing the battery Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents. l Always work with dry hands. Moisture may cause the battery to rust. l Do not touch or move any other components inside the remote control. l Do not bend either of the battery terminals. 4 Maintenance and care I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 387 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 388 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Checking and replacing fuses If any of the electrical components do not operate, a fuse may have blown. If this happens, check and replace the fuses as necessary. STEP 1 Vehicles without smart key system: Turn the engine switch off. Vehicles with smart key system: Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch off. STEP 2 The fuses are located in the following places. To check the fuses, follow the instructions below. STEP 3 Open the fuse box cover. Engine compartment Type A: Push the tab in and lift the lid off. Type B: Push the tab in and lift the lid off. 388 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 389 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Under the instrument panel Remove the lid. 4 After a system failure, see “Fuse layout and amperage ratings” (→P. 392) for details about which fuse to check. STEP 5 Remove the fuse with the pullout tool. STEP 6 Check if the fuse has blown. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 389 Maintenance and care STEP 4 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 390 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Type A Normal fuse Blown fuse Replace it with one of an appropriate amperage rating. The amperage rating can be found on the fuse box lid. Type B Normal fuse Blown fuse Replace it with one of an appropriate amperage rating. The amperage rating can be found on the fuse box lid. Type C Normal fuse Blown fuse Contact your Toyota dealer. 390 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 391 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Type D Normal fuse Blown fuse Contact your Toyota dealer. Type E Normal fuse Blown fuse Contact your Toyota dealer. 4 Maintenance and care I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 391 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 392 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Fuse layout and amperage ratings n Engine compartment Type A (passenger’s side) Fuse 392 RAV4_U Ampere Circuit 1 SPARE 30 A Spare fuse 2 SPARE 20 A Spare fuse 3 SPARE 10 A Spare fuse 4 ECU-B2 7.5 A Air conditioning system, power windows, smart key system 5 ALT-S 7.5 A Charging system 6 STR LOCK 20 A Smart key system 7 RAD No.1 20 A Audio system I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 393 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Fuse 8 ECU-B Ampere Circuit 10 A Gauges and meters, clock, main body ECU, wireless remote control, smart key system, audio system, front passenger occupant classification system, ABS, TRAC, Enhanced VSC system, “AUTO LSD”, downhill assist control system, hill-start assist control system, Active torque control 4WD system DOME 10 A 10 H-LP LH 10 A Left-hand headlight (high beam) 11 H-LP RH 10 A Right-hand headlight (high beam) 12 H-LP LL 10 A Left-hand headlight (low beam) 13 H-LP RL 10 A Right-hand headlight (low beam) 14 AC INV 15 A AC inverter 15 TOWING*1 30 A No circuit 16 DEICER 20 A Windshield wiper deicer 17 HTR 50 A Air conditioning system 18 PTC NO.3 50 A No circuit 19 PTC NO.2 50 A No circuit 20 PTC NO.1 50 A No circuit 21 HEAD MAIN 50 A “H-LP LH”, “H-LP RH”, “H-LP LL”, “H-LP RL” fuses RDI*2 30 A FAN 2*1 50 A 22 Electric cooling fan I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 4 Maintenance and care 9 Vanity lights, personal/interior lights, interior light, luggage compartment light, engine switch light, foot lights 393 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 394 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 23 24 Fuse Ampere 2 30 A CDS* FAN 1* 3 Circuit Electric cooling fan 50 A H-LP CLN 30 A No circuit *1: Vehicles with towing package *2: Vehicles with 2.5 L 4-cylinder (2AR-FE) engine *3: Vehicles with 3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine Type B (driver’s side) Fuse 394 RAV4_U Ampere Circuit 1 AMP 30 A Audio system 2 AM2 30 A Starting system 3 IG2 15 A Starting system, multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system 4 HAZ 10 A Emergency flashers 5 ETCS 10 A Multiport fuel injection system/ sequential multiport fuel injection system I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 395 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Fuse Ampere Circuit 6 AM2-2 7.5 A Starting system 7 EFI NO.1 10 A Multiport fuel injection system/ sequential multiport fuel injection system 8 EFI NO.2 10 A Multiport fuel injection system/ sequential multiport fuel injection system 9 EFI NO.3 7.5 A No circuit 10 GROW 80 A No circuit 11 EPMS 60 A Electric power steering system 12 MAIN 80 A “HEAD MAIN”, “ECU-B2”, “ALT-S”, “STR LOCK”, “DOME”, “ECU-B”, “RAD NO.1” fuses “ABS 1”, “ABS 2”, “RDI”*3, “CDS”*3, “FAN 1”*4, “AC INV”, “TOWING”, “HTR”, “DEICER” fuses 140 A*2 “ABS 1”, “ABS 2”, “FAN1”, “FAN2”, “AC INV”, “TOWING”, “HTR”, “DEICER” fuses 50 A “EFI MAIN”, “HORN”, “A/F”, fuses 30 A ABS, TRAC, Enhanced VSC, “AUTO LSD” function, downhill assist control system, hill-start assist control system 50 A ABS, TRAC, Enhanced VSC, “AUTO LSD” function, downhill assist control system, hill-start assist control system 120 A 13 14 15 16 ALT P/I ABS2 ABS1 17 EFI MAIN 20 A Multiport fuel injection system/ sequential multiport fuel injection system, “EFI NO.1”, “EFI NO.2”, fuses 18 HORN 10 A Horn I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 4 Maintenance and care *1 395 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 396 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Fuse Ampere Circuit 19 EDU 25 A No circuit 20 A/F 20 A A/F sensor, fuel pump*3 *1: Vehicles without towing package *2: Vehicles with towing package *3: Vehicles with 2.5 L 4-cylinder (2AR-FE) engine *4: Vehicles with 3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine n Under the instrument panel Fuse 396 RAV4_U Ampere Circuit 1 TAIL 10 A Parking lights, tail lights, license plate light, front fog lights, rear side marker lights 2 PANEL 7.5 A Clock, instrument panel lights, audio system 3 GAUGE 1 10 A Back-up lights, charging system 4 D FR DOOR 20 A Power windows (front doors) 5 RL DOOR 20 A Power windows 6 RR DOOR 20 A Power windows 7 S/ROOF 25 A Electric moon roof 8 CIG 15 A Power outlet I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 397 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Fuse Ampere Circuit 9 ACC 7.5 A Audio system, power outlets, power rear view mirror control, automatic transmission shift lock system, main body ECU, clock, smart key system 10 MIR HTR 10 A Outside rear view mirror defoggers 11 PWR OUTLET 15 A Power outlet 12 RR FOG 10 A No circuit IGN 7.5 A 14 GAUGE 2 7.5 A Gauges and meters 15 S-HTR 15 A Seat heaters 16 FR WIP 25 A Windshield wipers 17 RR WIP 15 A Rear window wiper 18 WSH 15 A Windshield washer, rear window washer 19 ECU IG 1 10 A Electric cooling fan, ABS, TRAC, Enhanced VSC, “AUTO LSD” function, downhill assist control system, hill-start assist control system, active torque control 4WD system, automatic transmission shift lock system, air conditioning system, main body ECU, electric moon roof, stop/tail lights, electric power steering system, clock, AC inverter, auto anti-glare inside rear view mirror 20 ECU IG 2 10 A Air conditioning system, rear window defogger, emergency flashers I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 4 Maintenance and care 13 Multiport fuel injection system/ sequential multiport fuel injection system, steering lock system, front passenger occupant classification system, smart key system, SRS airbag system 397 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 398 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Fuse 21 OBD Ampere Circuit 7.5 A On-board diagnosis system 22 STOP 10 A Stop/tail lights, high mounted stoplight, automatic transmission shift lock system, multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system, ABS, TRAC, Enhanced VSC, “AUTO LSD” system, downhill assist control system, hill-start assist control system 23 DOOR 25 A Main body ECU, power door lock system 24 ACC-B 25 A “ACC”, “CIG”, fuses 25 4WD 7.5 A Active torque control 4WD system 26 FR FOG 15 A Front fog lights 27 AM1* 7.5 A Starting system 28 DEF 30 A Rear window defogger, “MIR HTR” fuse 29 P/SEAT 30 A Power seat 30 POWER 30 A Power windows *: Vehicles without smart key system 398 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 399 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance n After a fuse is replaced l If the lights do not turn on even after the fuse has been replaced, a bulb may need replacement. (→P. 400) l If the replaced fuse blows again, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. n If there is an overload in the circuits The fuses are designed to blow before the entire wiring harness is damaged. CAUTION n To prevent system breakdowns and vehicle fire Observe the following precautions. Failing to do so may cause damage, and possibly a fire or injury. l Never use a fuse of a higher amperage rating than indicated, or use any other object in place of a fuse. 4 Maintenance and care l Always use a genuine Toyota fuse or equivalent. Never replace a fuse with a wire, even as a temporary fix. This can cause extensive damage or even fire. l Do not modify fuses or the fuse box. NOTICE n Before replacing fuses Have the cause of electrical overload determined and repaired by your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 399 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 400 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Light bulbs You may replace the following bulbs yourself. The difficulty level of replacement varies depending on the bulb. If necessary bulb replacement seems difficult to perform, contact your Toyota dealer. For more information about replacing other light bulbs, contact your Toyota dealer. n Preparing a light bulb for replacement Check the wattage of the light bulb being replaced. (→P. 476) n Removing the engine compartment cover →P. 354 n Front bulb locations Front turn signal, parking and front side marker lights Headlight low beam Headlight high beam Front fog lights (if equipped) 400 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 401 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance n Rear bulb locations Vehicles without a spare tire Rear side marker lights Rear turn signal and back-up lights License plate lights Vehicles with a spare tire 4 Rear side marker lights Maintenance and care Rear turn signal and back-up lights I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U License plate light 401 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 402 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Replacing light bulbs n Headlights STEP 1 Right side only: Remove the clip and move it aside to allow easy access to the light bulbs. STEP 2 Turn the bulb base counterclockwise. Headlight (low beam) Headlight (high beam) STEP 3 402 RAV4_U Unplug the connector while depressing the lock release. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 403 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Reinstalling the clip n Front turn signal, parking and front side marker lights STEP 1 Right side only: Remove the clip and move it aside to allow easy access to the light bulbs. 4 Turn the bulb base counterclockwise. STEP 3 Remove the light bulb. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 403 Maintenance and care STEP 2 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 404 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Reinstalling the clip n Front fog lights (if equipped) STEP 1 Turn the steering wheel in the opposite direction of the front fog light that you wish to replace. For example, if you wish to replace the front fog light on the right side, turn the steering wheel to the left. STEP 2 Remove the clip using a flathead screwdriver wrapped in a rag. STEP 3 Move section “A” of the fender liner to the inner side of the vehicle, partly removing it and thereby allowing access to the front fog light. 404 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 405 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance STEP 4 To unplug the connector, depress the lock release while pulling downward. STEP 5 Turn the bulb base counterclockwise. 4 n Back-up lights, rear turn signal and rear side marker lights Open the back door (→P. 46) and remove the cover. STEP 2 Turn the bulb base counterclockwise. Back-up light Rear turn signal light Rear side marker light I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 405 Maintenance and care STEP 1 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 406 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance STEP 3 Remove the light bulb. Back-up light Rear turn signal light Rear side marker light n License plate lights Vehicles without a spare tire STEP 1 Remove the cover as shown in the illustration. STEP 2 Turn the bulb base counterclockwise. STEP 3 Remove the light bulb. 406 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 407 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Vehicles with a spare tire STEP 1 Use a flathead screwdriver to disengage the side of the lamp. STEP 2 Turn the bulb base counterclockwise. 4 Maintenance and care Remove the light bulb. STEP 3 n Light other than the above If any of the lights listed below has burnt out, have it replaced by your Toyota dealer. l High mounted stoplight l Stop/tail lights l Side turn signal lights (if equipped) I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 407 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 408 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance n Condensation build-up on the inside of the lens Contact your Toyota dealer for more information in the following situations. Temporary condensation build-up on the inside of the headlight lens does not indicate a malfunction. l Large drops of water are built up on the inside of the lens. l Water has built up inside the headlight. n LED side turn signal lights, stop/tail lights and high mounted stoplight The side turn signal lights (if equipped), stop/tail lights and high mounted stoplight consists of a number of LEDs. If any of the LEDs burn out, take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer to have the light replaced. CAUTION n Replacing light bulbs l Turn off the lights. Do not attempt to replace the bulb immediately after turning off the lights. The bulbs become very hot and may cause burns. l Do not touch the glass portion of the light bulb with bare hands. Hold the bulb by the plastic or metal portion. If the bulb is scratched or dropped it may blow out or crack. l Fully install light bulbs and any parts used to secure them. Failing to do so may result in heat damage, fire, or water entering the headlight unit. This may damage the headlights or cause condensation to build up on the lens. n To prevent damage or fire Make sure bulbs are fully seated and locked. 408 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 410 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-1. Essential information Emergency flashers Use the emergency flashers if the vehicle malfunctions or is involved in an accident. Press the switch to flash all the turn signal lights. To turn them off, press the switch once again. NOTICE n To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the emergency flashers on longer than necessary when the engine is not running. 410 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 411 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-1. Essential information If your vehicle needs to be towed If towing is necessary, we recommend having your vehicle towed by your Toyota dealer or a commercial towing service, using a lift-type truck or a flat bed truck. Use a safety chain system for all towing, and abide by all state/provincial and local laws. 2WD models: If towing from the front, the vehicle's rear wheels and axles must be in good conditions. (→P. 415) If they are damaged, use a towing dolly or flat bed truck. Before towing The following may indicate a problem with your transmission. Contact your Toyota dealer before towing. l The engine is running, but the vehicle will not move. l The vehicle makes an abnormal sound. Emergency towing Towing eyelet I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 411 5 When trouble arises If a tow truck is not available, in an emergency your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing eyelet. This should only be attempted on hard surfaced roads for short distances at low speeds. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer and operate the brakes. The vehicle’s wheels, drive train, axles, steering and brakes must be in good condition. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 412 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-1. Essential information n Emergency towing procedure STEP 1 Release the parking brake. STEP 2 Shift the shift lever to N. STEP 3 Vehicles without smart key system: Turn the engine switch to “ACC” (engine off) or “ON” (engine running) position. Vehicles with smart key system: Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch to ACCESSORY (engine off) or IGNITION ON (engine running) mode. CAUTION n Caution while towing l Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle. Avoid sudden starts or erratic driving maneuvers which place excessive stress on the emergency towing eyelet and the cables or chains. l If the engine is not running, the power assist for the brakes and steering will not function, making steering and braking more difficult. NOTICE n To prevent causing serious damage to the transmission Never tow this vehicle from the rear with the front wheels on the ground. This may cause serious damage to the transmission. 412 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 413 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-1. Essential information Installing towing eyelet STEP 1 Remove the eyelet cover using a flathead screwdriver. To protect the bodywork, place a rag between the screwdriver and the vehicle body, as shown in the illustration. STEP 2 Insert the towing eyelet into the hole and tighten partially by hand. STEP 3 Tighten down the towing eyelet securely using a wheel nut wrench. 5 When trouble arises n Location of the emergency towing eyelet →P. 434 I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 413 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 414 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-1. Essential information CAUTION n Installing towing eyelet to the vehicle Make sure that towing eyelet is installed securely. If not securely installed, towing eyelet may come loose during towing. This may lead to accidents that cause serious injury or even death. 414 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 415 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-1. Essential information Towing with a sling-type truck NOTICE n To prevent body damage Do not tow with a sling-type truck, either from the front or rear. Towing with a wheel-lift type truck from the front 2WD models Release the parking brake. 5 When trouble arises I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 415 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 416 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-1. Essential information 4WD models Use a towing dolly under the rear wheels. NOTICE n To prevent damaging the vehicle When raising the vehicle, ensure adequate ground clearance for towing at the opposite end of the raised vehicle. Without adequate clearance, the vehicle could be damaged while being towed. n To prevent causing serious damage to the transmission (4WD models) Never tow this vehicle from the front with the rear wheels on the ground. Towing with a wheel-lift type truck from the rear Use a towing dolly under the front wheels. NOTICE n To prevent causing serious damage to the transmission Never tow this vehicle from the rear with the front wheels on the ground. 416 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 417 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-1. Essential information Using a flat bed truck If you use chains or cables to tie down your vehicle, the angles shaded in black must be 45°. Do not overly tighten the tie downs or the vehicle may be damaged. 5 When trouble arises I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 417 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 418 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-1. Essential information If you think something is wrong If you notice any of the following symptoms, your vehicle probably needs adjustment or repair. Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. n Visible symptoms l Fluid leaks under the vehicle (Water dripping from the air conditioning after use is normal.) l Flat-looking tires or uneven tire wear l Engine coolant temperature gauge needle continually points higher than normal n Audible symptoms l Changes in exhaust sound l Excessive tire squeal when cornering l Strange noises related to the suspension system l Pinging or other noises related to the engine n Operational symptoms l Engine missing, stumbling or running rough l Appreciable loss of power l Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when braking l Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when driving on a level road l Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy feeling, pedal almost touches the floor 418 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 419 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-1. Essential information Fuel pump shut off system To minimize the risk of fuel leakage when the engine stalls or an airbag inflates upon collision, the fuel pump shut off system stops supplying fuel to the engine. Follow the procedure below to restart the engine after the system is activated. Vehicles without smart key system STEP 1 Turn the engine switch to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. STEP 2 Restart the engine. Vehicles with smart key system STEP 1 Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch OFF. STEP 2 Restart the engine. NOTICE n Before starting the engine Inspect the ground under the vehicle. If you find that fuel has leaked onto the ground, the fuel system has been damaged and is in need of repair. Do not restart the engine. 5 When trouble arises I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 419 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 420 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-1. Essential information Event data recorder Your vehicle has computers that monitor and control certain aspects of your vehicle. These computers assist in driving and maintaining optimal vehicle performance. Besides storing data useful for troubleshooting, there is an event data recorder (EDR) that records data in a crash or a near car crash event. In a crash or a near car crash event The SRS airbag sensor assembly contains the EDR. In a crash or a near car crash event, this device may record some or all of the following information: l Engine speed l Whether the brake pedal was applied or not l Vehicle speed l To what extent the accelerator pedal was depressed l Position of the transmission shift lever l Whether the driver and front passenger wore seat belts or not l Driver's seat position l SRS airbag deployment data l SRS airbag system diagnostic data l Front passenger's occupant classification The information above is intended to be used for the purpose of improving vehicle safety performance. Unlike general data recorders, the EDR does not record sound data such as conversation between passengers. 420 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 421 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-1. Essential information Disclosure of the data Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR to a third party except when: l An agreement from the vehicle's owner (or the leasing company for a leased vehicle) is obtained l Officially requested by the police or other authorities l Used as a defense for Toyota in a law suit l Ordered by a court law However, if necessary Toyota will: l Use the data for research on Toyota vehicle safety performance l Disclose the data to a third party for research purposes without disclosing details of the vehicle owner, and only when it is deemed necessary l Disclose summarized data cleared of vehicle identification information to a non-Toyota organization for research purposes 5 When trouble arises I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 421 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 422 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency If a warning light turns on or a warning buzzer sounds... Calmly perform the following actions if any of the warning lights turn on or flash. If a light turns on or flashes, but then turns off, this does not necessarily indicate a malfunction in the system. Stop the vehicle immediately. Continuing to drive the vehicle may be dangerous. The following warning indicates a possible problem in the brake system. Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact your Toyota dealer. Warning light (U.S.A.) (Canada) Warning light/Details Brake system warning light (warning buzzer)* • Low brake fluid • Malfunction in the brake system This light also comes on when the parking brake is not released. If the light turns off after the parking brake is fully released the system is operating normally. *: Parking brake engaged warning buzzer: The buzzer sounds to indicate that the parking brake is still engaged (with the vehicle having reached a speed of 3 mph [5 km/h]). 422 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 423 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency Stop the vehicle immediately. The following warning indicates the possibility of damage to the vehicle that may lead to an accident. Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact your Toyota dealer. Warning light Warning light/Details Charging system warning light Indicates a malfunction in the vehicle’s charging system. Low engine oil pressure warning light Indicates that the engine oil pressure is too low. Have the vehicle inspected immediately. Failing to investigate the cause of the following warnings may lead to the system operating abnormally and possibly cause an accident. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. Warning light (U.S.A.) Malfunction indicator lamp Indicates a malfunction in: • The emission control system; • The electronic engine control system; • The electronic throttle control system; or • The electronic automatic transmission control system. 5 When trouble arises (Canada) Warning light/Details SRS warning light Indicates a malfunction in: • The SRS airbag system; • The front passenger occupant classification system; or • The seat belt pretensioner system. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 423 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 424 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency Warning light (U.S.A.) Warning light/Details “ABS” warning light Indicates a malfunction in. • The ABS; • The brake assist system. (Canada) Electric power steering warning light Indicates a malfunction in the EPS (Electric Power Steering) system. (Comes on) 424 RAV4_U Active torque control 4WD system warning light (4WD models) Indicates a malfunction in the active torque control 4WD system. (When the light flashes. →P. 425) I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 425 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency Follow the correction procedures. After taking the specified steps to correct the suspected problem, check that the warning light turns off. Warning light (Flashes) Open door warning light Indicates that a door is not fully closed. Check that all doors are closed. Low fuel level warning light Indicates that remaining fuel is about 2.4 gal. (9.0 L, 2.0 Imp. gal.) or less Refuel the vehicle. Driver’s seat belt reminder light (warning buzzer)* Warns the driver to fasten his/her seat belt. Fasten the seat belt. Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light (warning buzzer)* Warns the front passenger to fasten his or her seat belt. Fasten the seat belt. Active torque control 4WD system warning light (4WD models) Indicates that the driveline temperature is too high. (When the light comes on. →P. 423) Reduce vehicle speed (until the light goes off) or stop the vehicle at a safe place and allow the engine to idle until the light goes off. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U Correction procedure 5 425 When trouble arises (on the center panel) Warning light/Details Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 426 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency Warning light Warning light/Details Correction procedure Automatic transmission fluid temperature warning light (if equipped) Indicates that the automatic transmission fluid temperature is too high. Stop the vehicle in a safe place and shift the shift lever to P. If the light does not go off, contact your Toyota dealer. Low washer fluid warning light Low level of washer fluid Fill the tank. Engine oil replacement reminder light (U.S.A.) Illuminates for about 3 seconds and then flashes for about 15 seconds approximately 4500 miles (7200 km) after the engine oil is changed: Indicates that the engine oil is scheduled to be changed. Check the engine oil, and change it if necessary. Comes on and remains on if the distance driven exceeds 5000 miles (8000 km): Indicates that the engine oil should be changed. Check and change the engine oil. Tire pressure warning light (if equipped) 426 RAV4_U When the light comes on: Low tire inflation pressure Adjust the tire inflation pressure. When the light comes on after blinking for 1 minute: Malfunction in the tire pressure warning system Have the system checked by your Toyota dealer. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 427 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency *: Driver's and front passenger’s seat belt warning buzzers: The driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt warning buzzers sound to alert the driver and front passenger that his or her seat belt is not fastened. The buzzer sounds intermittently for 10 seconds after the vehicle has reached a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound at a different tone for 20 more seconds. Follow the correction procedures. (vehicles with smart key system) After taking the specified steps to correct the suspected problem, check that the warning light turns off. Interior buzzer Once ⎯ 3 times Warning light (Comes on for 8 seconds.) Warning light/Details Smart key system warning light Indicates that the electronic key is not present when the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is pressed. Smart key system warning light Indicates that a door other than the driver’s door has been opened and closed with the “ENGINE START STOP” switch in any mode other than OFF and the electronic key has been taken out of the detection area. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U Correction procedure Confirm the location of the electronic key*. 5 Confirm the location of the electronic key. 427 When trouble arises Once Exterior buzzer Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 428 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency Interior buzzer Once Continuous Warning light/Details Correction procedure 3 times Smart key system warning light Indicates that the driver’s door has been opened and closed with the shift lever in P, the “ENGINE START STOP” switch in any mode other than OFF and the electronic key has been taken out of the detection area. Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch OFF or confirm the location of the electronic key. Continuous Smart key system warning light Indicates that the driver’s door has been opened and closed with the shift lever not in P, the “ENGINE START STOP” switch in any mode other than OFF and the electronic key has been taken out of the detection area. • Shift the shift lever to P. • Confirm the location of the electronic key. Exterior buzzer Warning light *: If the engine does not start when the electronic key is inside the vehicle, the electronic key battery may be depleted or there may be difficulties receiving the signal from the key. (→P. 30) 428 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 429 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency n If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on while driving First check the following: l Is the fuel tank empty? If it is, fill the fuel tank immediately. l Is the fuel tank cap loose? If it is, tighten it securely. The malfunction indicator lamp will go off after taking several driving trips. If the malfunction indicator lamp does not go off even after several trips, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. n Front passenger detection sensor and passenger seat belt reminder l If luggage is placed on the front passenger seat, the front passenger detection sensor may cause the warning light to flash, even if a passenger is not sitting in the seat. l If a cushion is placed on the seat, the sensor may not detect a passenger, and the warning light may not operate properly. n Changing the engine oil (U.S.A. only) Make sure to reset the oil change system. (→P. 358) n When the tire pressure warning light comes on Check the tire inflation pressure and adjust to the appropriate level. Pushing the tire pressure warning reset switch does not turn off the tire pressure warning light. The tire pressure warning light may turn on due to natural causes such as natural air leaks or tire inflation pressure changes caused by temperature. In this case, adjusting the tire inflation pressure will turn off the warning light (after a few minutes). n When a tire is replaced with a spare tire (vehicles with a tire pres- sure warning system) The spare tire is also equipped with the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter. The tire pressure warning light will turn on if the tire inflation pressure of the spare tire is low. If a tire goes flat, even though the flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, the tire pressure warning light does not turn off. Replace the spare tire with the repaired tire and adjust the proper tire inflation pressure. The tire pressure warning light will turn off after a few minutes. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 429 When trouble arises n The tire pressure warning light may turn on due to natural causes 5 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 430 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency n If the tire pressure warning system is inoperative The tire pressure warning system will be disabled in the following conditions: (When the condition becomes normal, the system will work properly.) l If tires not equipped with tire pressure warning valves and transmit- ters are used. l If the ID code on the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters is not registered in the tire pressure warning computer. l If the tire inflation pressure is 73 psi (500 kPa, 5.1 kgf/cm2 or bar) or higher. The tire pressure warning system may be disabled in the following conditions: (When the condition becomes normal, the system will work properly.) l If electronic devices or facilities using similar radio wave frequencies are nearby. l If a radio set at similar frequencies is in use in the vehicle. l If a window tint that affects the radio wave signals is installed. l If there is a lot of snow or ice on the vehicle, in particular around the wheels or wheel housings. l If non-genuine Toyota wheels are used. (Even if you use Toyota wheels, the tire pressure warning system may not work properly with some types of tires.) l If tire chains are used. l If the spare tire is in a location subject to poor radio wave signal reception. l If a large metallic object which can interfere with signal reception is put in the luggage compartment. 430 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 431 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency n If the tire pressure warning light comes on after blinking for 1 minute frequently If the tire pressure warning light comes on after flashing for 1 minute frequently when the “ENGINE START STOP” switch or the engine switch is turned ON, have it checked by your Toyota dealer. n Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer The vehicle speed linked seat belt reminder buzzer can be disabled. (Customizable features →P. 491) However, Toyota recommends that the seat belt reminder buzzer be operational to alert the driver and front passenger that the seat belts are not fastened. CAUTION n If the tire pressure warning light comes on Be sure to observe the following precautions. Failure to do so could cause loss of vehicle control and result in death or serious injury. l Vehicles with run-flat tires: • Stop your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible. Adjust the tire inflation pressure immediately. • If the tire pressure warning light comes on even after tire inflation pressure adjustment, it is probable that you have a flat tire. Check the tires. If the tire is flat, change to the spare tire and have the flat tire repaired by the nearest Toyota dealer. • Avoid abrupt maneuvering and braking. If the vehicle tires deteriorate, you could lose control of the steering wheel or the brakes. n If a blowout or sudden air leakage should occur The tire pressure warning system may not activate immediately. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 431 5 When trouble arises • Decelerate to the lowest appropriate speed as soon as possible. Do not drive over 55 mph (90 km/h). • Check and adjust the tire inflation pressure immediately. • If the tire pressure warning light comes on even after tire inflation pressure adjustment, it is probable that you have a flat tire. Have the tire replaced by the nearest Toyota dealer. • Avoid abrupt maneuvering and braking. If the vehicle tires deteriorate, you could lose control of the steering wheel or the brakes. l Vehicles with standard tires: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 432 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency CAUTION n Maintenance of the tires Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label (tire and load information label). (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label [tire and load information label], you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS-tire pressure warning system) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light). 432 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 433 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency CAUTION Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light). When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) to continue to function properly. NOTICE 5 n Precaution when installing a different tire I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 433 When trouble arises When a tire of a different specification or maker is installed, the tire pressure warning system may not operate properly. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 434 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency If you have a flat tire (vehicles with standard tires) Remove the flat tire and replace it with the spare provided. n Before jacking up the vehicle l Stop the vehicle on a hard, flat surface. l Set the parking brake. l Shift the shift lever to P. l Stop the engine. l Turn on the emergency flashers. n Location of the spare tire, jack and tools Spare tire Jack Tool bag 434 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 435 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency Taking out the jack STEP 1 Disengage the remove the cover. claws and Loosen STEP 2 Tighten Loosen and take out the jack. 5 When trouble arises I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 435 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 436 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency Taking out the tool bag STEP 1 Disengage the remove the cover. STEP 2 Take out the tool bag. 436 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: claws and Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 437 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency Taking out the spare tire (vehicles with the spare tire cover) STEP 1 Open the back door. Unlock the latch handle which on the bottom of the spare tire cover. STEP 2 Remove the spare tire cover. When placing the spare tire cover on the ground, make sure the cover design side faces up to avoid scratching the cover surface. STEP 3 STEP 4 Using the wheel nut wrench, loosen the hold-down nuts by turning them counterclockwise until they can be loosened by hand. Follow the order shown in the illustration. Remove all the wheel nuts and the spare tire. When placing the spare tire on the ground, make sure the wheel design side faces up to avoid scratching the wheel surface. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 437 5 When trouble arises STEP 5 Close the back door. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 438 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency Taking out the spare tire (vehicles without the spare tire cover) STEP 1 STEP 2 Using the wheel nut wrench, loosen the hold-down nuts by turning them counterclockwise until they can be loosened by hand. Follow the order shown in the illustration. Remove all the wheel nuts and the spare tire. When placing the spare tire on the ground, make sure the wheel design side faces up to avoid scratching the wheel surface. 438 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 439 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency Replacing a flat tire Chock the tires. STEP 1 Flat tire Lefthand side Behind the rear righthand side tire Righthand side Behind the rear lefthand side tire Lefthand side In front of the front right-hand side tire Righthand side In front of the front left-hand side tire Front Rear 5 Remove the wheel ornament using the wheel nut wrench as shown below. 16-inch wheel To protect the wheel ornament, place a rag between the wrench and the wheel ornament, as shown in the illustration. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 439 When trouble arises STEP 2 Wheel chock positions Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 440 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency 17-inch and 18-inch wheels STEP 2 STEP 3 Slightly loosen the wheel nuts (one turn). STEP 4 Turn the tire jack portion “A” by hand until the notch of the jack is in contact with the jack point. 440 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 441 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency STEP 5 Raise the vehicle until the tire is slightly raised off the ground. STEP 6 Remove all the wheel nuts and the tire. When resting the tire on the ground, place the tire so that the wheel design faces up to avoid scratching the wheel surface. 5 When trouble arises I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 441 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 442 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency Installing the tire Remove any dirt or foreign matter from the wheel contact surface. STEP 1 If foreign matter is on the wheel contact surface, the wheel nuts may loosen while the vehicle is in motion, and the tire may come off the vehicle. STEP 2 Install the tire and loosely tighten each wheel nut by hand by approximately the same amount. Replacing a steel wheel with a steel wheel Tapered portion Tighten the nuts until the tapered portion comes into loose contact with the disc wheel seat. Disc wheel seat Replacing an aluminum wheel with a steel wheel Tapered portion Tighten the nuts until the tapered portion comes into loose contact with the disc wheel seat. Disc wheel seat 442 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 443 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency Replacing an aluminum wheel with an aluminum wheel Disc wheel Turn the nut washers until they come into contact with the disc wheel. Washer STEP 3 Lower the vehicle. STEP 4 Firmly tighten each nut two or three times in the order shown in the illustration. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 443 When trouble arises Tightening torque: 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m) 5 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 444 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency STEP 5 Reinstall the wheel ornament. 16-inch wheel 17-inch and 18-inch wheels Stowing the flat tire STEP 1 Remove any dirt or foreign matter from the disc wheel seat and the wheel contact surface. STEP 2 Vehicles with aluminum wheels and a steel wheel for the spare: Remove the plastic rings from the wheel nuts of the spare tire carrier. 444 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 445 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency STEP 3 Close the back door. STEP 4 Stow the flat tire on the back door and tighten all wheel nuts by hand. STEP 5 Using the wheel nut wrench, tighten the hold-down nuts by turning them clockwise. Follow the order shown in the illustration. Tightening torque: 66.4 ft•lbf (90 N•m, 9.1 kgf•m) STEP 6 Open the back door. Upper slots STEP 7 Hooks To install the spare tire cover, insert the hooks under the guides to the upper slots and lower the cover. 5 When trouble arises I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 445 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 446 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency Attach the cover by hooking the 2 inner protrusions. STEP 8 Check that the cover is securely attached. Hook STEP 9 Latch handle Clasp Open the back door and lock the latch handle which is on the bottom of the cover. STEP 10 Stow the jack and all tools securely, and replace all the covers. n When reinstalling the wheel ornament (vehicles with 16-inch wheels) Align the cutout of the wheel ornament with the valve stem as shown. n After completing the tire change (vehicles with a tire pressure warning system) The tire pressure warning system must be reset. (→P. 370) 446 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 447 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency n After repairing the flat tire (vehicles with aluminum wheels and a steel wheel for the spare) Be sure to reinstall the plastic rings to the wheel nuts before stowing the spare tire. If the steel wheel is stowed without reinstalling the plastic rings to the wheel nuts, the spare tire carrier may produce abnormal noise when the vehicle is moving. CAUTION n Using the tire jack Improper use of the tire jack may lead to death or serious injuries due to the vehicle suddenly falling off the jack. l Do not use the tire jack for any purpose other than replacing tires or installing and removing tire chains. l Only use the tire jack that comes with this vehicle for replacing a flat tire. Do not use it on other vehicles, and do not use other tire jacks for replacing tires on this vehicle. l Always check that the tire jack is securely set to the jack point. l Do not put any part of your body under the vehicle while it is supported by the jack. 5 l Do not start or run the engine while your vehicle is supported by the jack. l When raising the vehicle, do not put an object on or under the jack. l Do not raise the vehicle to a height greater than that required to replace the tire. l Use a jack stand if it is necessary to get under the vehicle. l Stop the vehicle on a level firm ground, firmly set the parking brake and put the transmission in “P”. Block the wheel diagonally opposite to the one being changed if necessary. Take particular care when lowering the vehicle to ensure that no one working on or near the vehicle will be injured. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 447 When trouble arises l Do not raise the vehicle while someone is in it. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 448 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency CAUTION n Replacing a flat tire Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of death or serious injury: l Do not try to remove the ornament by hand. Take due care in handling the ornament to avoid unexpected personal injury. l Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts or wheel nuts. Oil and grease may cause the wheel nuts to be excessively tightened, leading to bolt or disc wheel damage. In addition, the oil or grease can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel may fall off, causing a serious accident. Remove any oil or grease from the wheel bolts or wheel nuts. l Have the wheel nuts tightened with a torque wrench to 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m) as soon as possible after changing wheels. Failure to follow these precautions could cause the nuts to loosen and the wheel may fall off, which could lead to an accident causing death or serious injury. l Do not attach a heavily damaged wheel ornament, as it may fly off the wheel while the vehicle is moving. l Make sure that the rubber rings are not installed to the wheel nuts for aluminum wheel. Otherwise, the nuts may become loose and the wheel may fall off, which may cause a serious accident. 448 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 449 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency NOTICE n Do not drive the vehicle with a flat tire Do not continue driving with a flat tire. Driving even a short distance with a flat tire can damage the tire and the wheel beyond repair. n When replacing the tires (vehicles with a tire pressure warning sys- tem) When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter may be damaged if not handled correctly. n To avoid damaging the tire pressure warning valves and transmit- ters (vehicles with a tire pressure warning system) Do not use liquid sealants on flat tires. 5 When trouble arises I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 449 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 450 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency If you have a flat tire (vehicles with run-flat tires) Take your vehicle to the nearest Toyota dealer or authorized tire dealer as soon as possible. n Run-flat tires (A “RFT” or “DSST” mark is molded on the sidewall) You can continue driving a vehicle with run-flat tires even if any tire goes flat. It is possible to run for a maximum of 100 miles (160 km) at a speed below 55 mph (90 km/h) after the tire pressure warning light comes on. (→P. 422) n In some condition (such as at high temperatures) You cannot continue driving for up to 100 miles (160 km). n If you cannot distinguish between the standard tires and run-flat tires Consult your Toyota dealer. n For the detailed information on run-flat tires See the tire warranty book. NOTICE n When replacing the tires When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter may be damaged if not handled correctly. n To avoid damaging the tire pressure warning valves and transmit- ters Do not use liquid sealants on flat tires. 450 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 451 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency If the engine will not start If the engine will not start even though correct starting procedures are being followed (→P. 143, 147) or releasing the steering lock, (→P. 143, 147), consider each of the following points. n The engine will not start even when the starter motor operates normally. One of the following may be the cause of the problem. l There may not be sufficient fuel in the vehicle’s tank. Refuel the vehicle. l The engine may be flooded. Try to restart the engine once more following correct starting procedures. (→P. 143, 147) l There may be a malfunction in the engine immobilizer system. (→P. 92) n The starter motor turns over slowly, the interior lights and headlights are dim, or the horn does not sound or sounds at a low volume. One of the following may be the cause of the problem. 5 l The battery may be discharged. (→P. 457) n The starter motor does not turn over (vehicles with smart key system). The engine starting system may be malfunctioning due to an electrical problem such as an open circuit or a blown fuse. However, an interim measure is available to start the engine. (→P. 452) I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 451 When trouble arises l The battery terminal connections may be loose or corroded. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 452 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency n The starter motor does not turn over, the interior lights and headlights do not turn on, or the horn does not sound. One of the following may be the cause of the problem. l One or both of the battery terminals may be disconnected. l The battery may be discharged. (→P. 457) l There may be a malfunction in the steering lock system (vehicles with smart key system). Contact your Toyota dealer if the problem cannot be repaired, or if repair procedures are unknown. 452 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 453 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P If the shift lever cannot be shifted with your foot on the brake, there may be a problem with the shift lock system (a system to prevent accidental operation of the shift lever). Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. The following steps may be used as an emergency measure to ensure that the shift lever can be shifted. STEP 1 Set the parking brake. STEP 2 Vehicles without smart key system: Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position. Vehicles with smart key system: Turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch off. STEP 3 Depress the brake pedal. STEP 4 Pry the cover up with a flathead screwdriver or equivalent. 5 Press the shift lock override button. The shift lever can be shifted while the button is pressed. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 453 When trouble arises STEP 5 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 454 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency If you lose your keys New genuine keys can be made by your Toyota dealer. For vehicles with the smart key system, bring the other key and the key number stamped on the key number plate. For vehicles without the smart key system, bring a master key and the key number stamped on the key number plate. 454 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 455 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency If the electronic key does not operate properly (vehicles with smart key system) If communication between the electronic key and the vehicle is interrupted (→P. 30) or the electronic key cannot be used because the battery is depleted, the smart key system and wireless remote control cannot be used. In such cases, the doors and back door can be opened and the engine can be started by following the procedure below. Locking and unlocking the doors with the mechanical key Using the mechanical key (→P. 24) in order to perform the following operations: Locks all doors Unlocks all doors Turning the key unlock the driver’s door. Turning the key once again unlocks the other doors. 5 Changing “ENGINE START STOP” switch modes and starting the engine STEP 2 Shift the shift lever to P and apply the brakes. Touch the Toyota emblem side of the electronic key to the “ENGINE START STOP” switch. If any of the doors is opened and closed while the key is being touched to the switch, an alarm will sound to indicate that the start function cannot detect the electronic key. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 455 When trouble arises STEP 1 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 456 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency STEP 3 To change “ENGINE START STOP” switch modes: Within 5 seconds after the buzzer sounds, release the brake pedal and press the “ENGINE START STOP” switch. Modes can be changed each time the switch is pressed. (→P. 144) To start the engine: Press the “ENGINE START STOP” switch within 5 seconds after the buzzer sounds, keeping the brake pedal depressed. In the event that the “ENGINE START STOP” switch still cannot be operated, contact your Toyota dealer. n Stopping the engine Shift the shift lever to P and press the “ENGINE START STOP” switch as you normally do when stopping the engine. n Replacing the key battery As the above procedure is a temporary measure, it is recommended that the electronic key battery be replaced immediately when the battery is depleted. (→P. 385) 456 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 457 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency If the battery is discharged The following procedures may be used to start the engine if the vehicle's battery is discharged. You can call your Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop. If you have a set of jumper (or booster) cables and a second vehicle with a 12-volt battery, you can jump start your Toyota following the steps below. STEP 1 Connecting the jumper cables 5 Positive (+) battery terminal on your vehicle Negative (-) battery terminal on the second vehicle Connect the jumper cable to ground on your vehicle as shown in the illustration. STEP 2 Start the engine of the second vehicle. Increase the engine speed slightly and maintain at that level for approximately 5 minutes to recharge the battery of your vehicle. STEP 3 Vehicles with smart key system — Open and close any of the doors with the “ENGINE START STOP” switch OFF. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 457 When trouble arises Positive (+) battery terminal on the second vehicle Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 458 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency STEP 4 Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle, and turn the engine switch to the “ON” position (vehicles without smart key system) or turn the “ENGINE START STOP” switch to IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart key system), to start the vehicle's engine. STEP 5 Once the vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the exact reverse order in which they were connected. Once the engine starts, have the vehicle checked at your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. n Starting the engine when the battery is discharged The engine cannot be started by push-starting. n To prevent battery discharge l Turn off the headlights and the audio system while the engine is turned off. l Turn off any unnecessary electrical components when the vehicle is running at a low speed for an extended period, such as in heavy traffic, etc. 458 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 459 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency CAUTION n Avoiding battery fires or explosions Observe the following precautions to prevent accidentally igniting the flammable gas that may be emitted from the battery. l Make sure the jumper cable is connected to the correct terminal and that it is not unintentionally in contact with any part other than the intended terminal. l Do not allow the jumper cables to come into contact with the “+” and “-” terminals. l Do not smoke, use matches, cigarette lighters or allow open flame near the battery. n Battery precautions The battery contains poisonous and corrosive acidic electrolyte, while related parts contain lead and lead compounds. Observe the following precautions when handling the battery. l When working with the battery, always wear safety glasses and take care not to allow any battery fluids (acid) to come into contact with skin, clothing or the vehicle body. l Do not lean over the battery. l Always wash your hands after handling the battery support, terminals, and other battery-related parts. l Do not allow children near the battery. NOTICE n When handling jumper cables Be careful that the jumper cables do not become tangled in the cooling fans or any of the belts when connecting or disconnecting them. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 459 5 When trouble arises l In the event that battery fluid comes into contact with the skin or eyes, immediately wash the affected area with water and seek medical attention. Place a wet sponge or cloth over the affected area until medical attention can be received. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 460 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency If your vehicle overheats If your engine overheats: STEP 1 Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the air conditioning system. STEP 2 Check to see if steam is coming out from under the hood. If you see steam: Stop the engine. Carefully lift the hood after the steam subsides and then restart the engine. If you do not see steam: Leave the engine running and carefully lift the hood. STEP 3 Check to see if the cooling fans are operating. If the fans are operating: Wait until the temperature of the engine (shown on the instrument cluster) begins to fall and then stop the engine. If the fans are not operating: Stop the engine and call your Toyota dealer. STEP 4 5 460 RAV4_U After the engine has cooled down sufficiently, check the engine coolant level and inspect the radiator core (radiator) for any leaks. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 461 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency STEP 5 Add engine coolant if necessary. Water can be used in an emergency if engine coolant is unavailable. (→P. 472) Have the vehicle checked at the nearest Toyota dealer as soon as possible. n Overheating If you observe the following, your vehicle may be overheating. l The engine coolant temperature gauge enters the red zone or a loss of power is experienced. l Steam is coming from under the hood. 5 CAUTION l If steam is seen coming from under the hood, do not open the hood until the steam has subsided. The engine compartment may be very hot, causing serious injury such as burns. l Keep hands and clothing away from the fan and other belts while the engine is running. l Do not loosen the coolant reservoir cap while the engine and radiator are hot. Serious injury, such as burns, may result from hot coolant and steam released under pressure. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 461 When trouble arises n To prevent an accident or injury when inspecting under the hood of your vehicle Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 462 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency NOTICE n When adding engine coolant Wait until the engine has cooled down before adding engine coolant. When adding coolant, do so slowly. Adding cool coolant to a hot engine too quickly can cause damage to the engine. 462 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 463 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency If the vehicle becomes stuck Carry out the following procedures if the tires spin or the vehicle becomes stuck in mud, dirt, or snow. STEP 1 Stop the engine. Set the parking brake and put the shift lever in P. STEP 2 Remove the mud, snow, or sand from around the stuck tire. STEP 3 Place wood, stones or some other material to help provide traction under the tires. STEP 4 Restart the engine. STEP 5 4WD models: Activate 4WD lock mode. (→P. 192) STEP 6 Shift the shift lever to the D or R position and carefully depress the accelerator pedal to free the vehicle. Turn off TRAC and/or Enhanced VSC if these functions are hampering your attempts to free the vehicle. (→P. 182) CAUTION n When attempting to free a stuck vehicle n When shifting the shift lever Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed. This may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may cause an accident and result in death or serious injury. NOTICE n To avoid damaging the transmission and other components l Avoid spinning the wheels and do not rev the engine. l If the vehicle remains stuck after trying these procedures, the vehicle may require towing to be freed. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 463 5 When trouble arises If you choose to rock the vehicle back and forth to free it, make sure the surrounding area is clear, to avoid striking other vehicles, objects or persons. The vehicle may also lunge forward or lunge back suddenly as it becomes free. Use extreme caution. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 464 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 5-2. Steps to take in an emergency 464 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 466 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications Maintenance data (fuel, oil level, etc.) Dimensions and weights Overall length 178.7 in. (4540 mm)*1 180.7 in. (4590 mm)*2 180.9 in. (4595 mm)*3 181.1 in. (4600 mm)*4 181.9 in. (4620 mm)*5 Overall width Without over fender 71.5 in. (1815 mm) With over fender 73.0 in. (1855 mm) Overall height*6 Without roof rails 66.3 in. (1685 mm) 66.5 in. (1690 mm)*7 With roof rails 68.7 in. (1745 mm) 69.1 in. (1755 mm)*7 Wheelbase 104.7 in. (2660 mm) Front tread 61.4 in. (1560 mm) 61.8 in. (1570 mm)*4 Rear tread 61.4 in. (1560 mm) 61.8 in. (1570 mm)*4 Vehicle capacity weight (Occupants + luggage) 825 lb. (375 kg) 1155 lb. (525 kg)*7 466 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 467 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications Towing capacity (Trailer weight + cargo) *1 : Without spare tire *2 : 215/70R16 tires *3 : 225/65R17 tires *4: 235/55R18 tires *5: With spare tire cover *6: Unladen vehicle *7: With third seats *8: With towing package 2.5 L 4-cylinder (2AR-FE) engine 1500 lb. (680 kg) 3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine 2000 lb. (907 kg) 3500 lb. (1588 kg)*8 6 Vehicle specifications I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 467 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 468 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications Vehicle identification n Vehicle identification number The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the legal identifier for your vehicle. This is the primary identification number for your Toyota. It is used in registering the ownership of your vehicle. This number is stamped on the top left of the instrument panel. On some models, this number is also stamped under the front passenger’s seat. This number is also on the Certification Label. 468 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 469 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications n Engine number The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown. 2.5 L 4-cylinder (2AR-FE) engine 3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine Engine 6 Model 2AR-FE 4-cylinder in line, 4-cycle, gasoline 6-cylinder V type, 4-cycle, gasoline Bore and stroke 3.54 × 3.86 in. (90.0 × 98.0 mm) 3.70 × 3.27 in. (94.0 × 83.0 mm) Displacement 152.2 cu.in. (2494 cm3) 210.9 cu.in. (3456 cm3) Drive belt tension Automatic adjustment 469 Vehicle specifications Type I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 2GR-FE Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 470 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications Fuel Fuel type Unleaded gasoline only Octane rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher Fuel tank capacity (Reference) 15.9 gal. (60 L, 13.2 lmp.gal.) Lubrication system Oil capacity Drain and refill (Reference) Without filter With filter Oil grade 470 RAV4_U 2.5 L 4-cylinder (2AR-FE) engine 4.2 qt. (4.0 L, 3.5 Imp.qt.) 3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine 6.0 qt. (5.7 L, 5.0 Imp.qt.) 2.5 L 4-cylinder (2AR-FE) engine 4.7 qt. (4.4 L, 3.9 Imp.qt.) 3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine 6.4 qt. (6.1 L, 5.4 Imp.qt.) ILSAC multi-grade engine oil I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 471 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications Use Toyota approved “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent to satisfy the grade and viscosity shown below. 2.5 L 4-cylinder (2AR-FE) engine *1 Recommended oil viscosity Outside temperature 3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine *2 Outside temperature *1: 0W-20 is the oil that provides the optimal level of fuel efficiency. *2: 5W-30 is the oil that provides the optimal level of fuel efficiency. 6 Oil viscosity l The 30 in 5W-30 indicates the oil viscosity when the oil is at its operating temperature. An oil with a higher viscosity may be better suited if the vehicle is operated at high speeds, or under extreme load conditions. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 471 Vehicle specifications l The 5W portion of the oil viscosity rating indicates the characteristic of the oil which allows cold startability. Oils with a lower value before the W allow for easier starting of the engine in cold weather. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 472 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications Cooling system 2.5 L 4-cylinder (2AR-FE) engine 7.2 qt. (6.8 L, 6.0 Imp.qt.) 3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine 9.4 qt. (8.9 L, 7.8 Imp.qt.) 9.8 qt. (9.3 L, 8.2 Imp.qt.)* Capacity (Reference) Use either of the following. • “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” • Similar high-quality ethylene glycol-based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant with long-life hybrid organic acid technology Do not use plain water alone. Coolant type *: With towing package Ignition system Spark plug Make Gap 2.5 L 4-cylinder (2AR-FE) engine DENSO, SK16HR11 3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine DENSO FK20HR11 0.043 in. (1.1 mm) NOTICE n Iridium-tipped spark plugs Use only iridium-tipped spark plugs. Do not adjust gap when tuning the engine. 472 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 473 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications Electrical system Battery Open voltage* at 68°F (20°C): 12.6 ⎯ 12.8 V Fully charged 12.2 ⎯ 12.4 V Half charged 11.8 ⎯ 12.0 V Discharged (*: Voltage is checked 20 minutes after the engine and all the lights are turned off) Charging rates 5 A max. Rear differential (4WD models) Oil capacity 0.5 qt. (0.5 L, 0.4 Imp. qt.) Oil type Hypoid gear oil API GL-5 Recommended oil viscosity Above 0°F (-18°C): SAE 90 Below 0°F (-18°C): SAE 80W or SAE 80W-90 Automatic transaxle Fluid type Toyota Genuine ATF WS 6 NOTICE n Automatic transmission fluid type Using automatic transmission fluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATF WS” may cause deterioration in shift quality, locking up of your transmission accompanied by vibration, and ultimately damage the automatic transmission of your vehicle. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 473 Vehicle specifications Fluid capacity 4-speed models 8.6 qt. (8.1 L, 7.1 Imp. qt.) 5-speed models 9.3 qt. (8.8 L, 7.7 Imp. qt.) Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 474 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications Transfer (4WD models) Oil capacity 0.48 qt. (0.45 L, 0.40 Imp.qt.) Oil type Hypoid gear oil API GL-5 Recommended oil viscosity Above 0°F (-18°C): SAE 90 Below 0°F (-18°C): SAE 80W or SAE 80W-90 Brakes Pedal clearance*1 Without third seats 3.7 in. (95 mm) With third seats 4.7 in. (120 mm) Pedal free play 0.04 ⎯ 0.24 in. (1 ⎯ 6 mm) Brake pad wear limit 0.04 in. (1.0 mm) Parking brake lining wear limit Parking brake pedal Fluid type travel*2 0.04 in. (1.0 mm) 6 ⎯ 8 clicks SAE J1703 or FMVSS No. 116 DOT 3 *1: Minimum pedal clearance when depressed with a force of 110 lbf (490 N, 50 kgf) while the engine is running *2: Parking brake pedal travel when depressed with a force of 45 lbf (200 N, 21 kgf) Steering Free play 474 RAV4_U Less than 1.2 in. (30 mm) I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 475 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications Tires and wheels Type A Tire size 215/70R16 99H, 225/65R17 101H, 235/55R18 99H Tire inflation pressure (Recommended cold tire inflation pressure) Front: 32 psi (220 kPa, 2.2 kgf/cm2 or bar) Rear: 32 psi (220 kPa, 2.2 kgf/cm2 or bar) Spare: 32 psi (220 kPa, 2.2 kgf/cm2 or bar) Wheel size 16 × 6 1/2 J, 17 × 6 1/2 J*1, 17 × 7J*2, 18 × 7 1/2 J Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m) *1: Steel wheels *2: Aluminum wheels Type B Tire size P235/55R18 99H Tire inflation pressure (Recommended cold tire inflation pressure) Front: 32 psi (220 kPa, 2.2 kgf/cm2 or bar) Rear: 32 psi (220 kPa, 2.2 kgf/cm2 or bar) Wheel size 18 × 7 1/2 J Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m) 6 Vehicle specifications I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 475 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 476 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications Light bulbs Light Bulbs Bulb No. W Type 9005 9006 60 51 A B ⎯ 55 C 7443 21/5 D ⎯ 5 D Rear turn signal lights 7440 21 E Back-up lights 921 16 D License plate lights 168 5 D Vanity lights ⎯ 8 D Front personal lights ⎯ 8 D Interior light ⎯ 8 F Luggage compartment light ⎯ 5 F Headlights High beam Low beam Front fog lights* Exterior Front turn signal/parking, front side marker lights Rear side marker Interior A: HB3 halogen bulbs C: H11 halogen bulbs E: Wedge base bulbs (amber) *: 476 RAV4_U B: HB4 halogen bulbs D: Wedge base bulbs (clear) F: Double end bulbs If equipped I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 477 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications Fuel information Your vehicle must use only unleaded gasoline. Select octane rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than 87 may result in engine knocking. Persistent knocking can lead to engine damage. At minimum, the gasoline you use should meet the specifications of ASTM D4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB3.5-M93 in Canada. n Fuel tank opening for unleaded gasoline To help prevent incorrect fueling, your Toyota has a fuel tank opening that only accommodates the special nozzle on unleaded fuel pumps. n If your engine knocks l Consult your Toyota dealer. l You may occasionally notice light knocking for a short time while accelerating or driving uphill. This is normal and there is no need for concern. n Gasoline quality In very few cases, driveability problems may be caused by the brand of gasoline you are using. If driveability problems persist, try changing the brand of gasoline. If this does not correct the problem, consult your Toyota dealer. n Gasoline quality standards l Automotive manufacturers in the US, Europe and Japan have developed a specification for fuel quality called World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) that is expected to be applied worldwide. l The WWFC improves air quality by lowering emissions in vehicle fleets, and customer satisfaction through better performance. I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 477 6 Vehicle specifications l The WWFC consists of four categories that are based on required emission levels. In the US, category 4 has been adopted. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 478 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications n Toyota recommends the use of gasoline containing detergent additives l Toyota recommends the use of gasoline that contains detergent additives to avoid build-up of engine deposits. l All gasoline sold in the US contains detergent additives to clean and/or keep clean intake systems. n Toyota recommends the use of cleaner burning gasoline Cleaner burning gasoline, including reformulated gasoline that contains oxygenates such as ethanol or MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) is available in many areas. Toyota recommends the use of cleaner burning gasoline and appropriately blended reformulated gasoline. These types of gasoline provide excellent vehicle performance, reduce vehicle emissions and improve air quality. n Toyota does not recommend blended gasoline l Toyota allows the use of oxygenate blended gasoline where the oxygenate content is up to 10% ethanol or 15% MTBE. l If you use gasohol in your Toyota, be sure that it has an octane rating no lower than 87. l Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline containing methanol. n Toyota does not recommend gasoline containing MMT Some gasoline contains octane enhancing additive called MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl). Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel containing MMT is used, your emission control system may be adversely affected. The malfunction indicator lamp on the instrument cluster may come on. If this happens, contact your Toyota dealer for service. 478 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 479 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications NOTICE n Notice on fuel quality l Do not use improper fuels. If improper fuels are used the engine will be damaged. l Do not use leaded gasoline. Leaded gasoline can cause damage to your vehicle's three-way catalytic converters causing the emission control system to malfunction and the emission control system to function improperly. l Do not use gasohol other than that stated here. Other gasohol may cause fuel system damage or vehicle performance problems. l Using unleaded gasoline with an octane number or rating lower than that stated here will cause persistent heavy knocking. At worst, this will lead to engine damage. n Fuel-related poor driveability If after using a different type of fuel, poor driveability is encountered (poor hot starting, vaporization, engine knocking, etc.), discontinue the use of that type of fuel. n When refueling with gasohol Take care not to spill gasohol. It can damage your vehicle's paint. 6 Vehicle specifications I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 479 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 480 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications Tire information Typical tire symbols Tire size (→P. 482) DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN) (→P. 481) Uniform tire quality grading For details, see “Uniform tire quality grading” that follows. Location of treadwear indicators (→P. 368) Run-flat tire (RFT) or standard tire (→P. 450) This vehicle can be equipped with either run-flat tires (RFT) or standard tires. A “RFT” or “DSST” mark is molded on the sidewall of the run-flat tire. Tire ply composition and materials Plies are layers of rubber-coated parallel cords. Cords are the strands which form the plies in a tire. Radial tires or bias-ply tires A radial tire has “RADIAL” on the sidewall. A tire not marked “RADIAL” is a bias-ply tire. TUBELESS or TUBE TYPE A tubeless tire does not have a tube and air is directly filled in the tire. A tube type tire has a tube inside the tire and the tube maintains the air pressure. 480 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 481 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications Load limit at maximum cold tire inflation pressure (→P. 371) Maximum cold tire inflation pressure (→P. 475) This means the pressure to which a tire may be inflated. Summer tire or all season tire (→P. 371) An all season tire has “M+S” on the sidewall. A tire not marked “M+S” is a summer tire. Typical DOT and tire identification number (TIN) DOT symbol* Tire Identification (TIN) Number Tire manufacturer's identification mark Tire size code Manufacturer's optional type code (3 or 4 letters) tire Manufacturing week Manufacturing year *: The DOT symbol certifies that the tire conforms to applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. 6 Vehicle specifications I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 481 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 482 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications Tire size n Typical tire size information The illustration indicates typical tire size. Tire use (P = Passenger car, T = Temporary use) Section width (millimeters) Aspect ratio (tire height to section width) Tire construction code (R = Radial, D = Diagonal) Wheel diameter (inches) Load index (2 digits or 3 digits) Speed symbol (alphabet with one letter) n Tire dimensions Section width Tire height Wheel diameter 482 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 483 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications Tire section names Bead Sidewall Shoulder Tread Belt Inner liner Reinforcing rubber Carcass Rim lines Bead wires Chafer Uniform Tire Quality Grading This information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. It provides the purchasers and/or prospective purchasers of Toyota vehicles with information on uniform tire quality grading. Your Toyota dealer will help answer any questions you may have as you read this information. 6 n DOT quality grades For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 483 Vehicle specifications All passenger vehicle tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades. Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 484 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications n Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half (1 - 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate. n Traction AA, A, B, C The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C, and they represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction tests and does not include cornering (turning) traction. n Temperature A, B, C The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. 484 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 485 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications Warning: The temperature grades for this tire are established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure. Glossary of tire terminology Meaning Cold tire inflation pressure Tire pressure when the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more, or has not been driven more than 1 mile or 1.5 km under that condition Maximum inflation pressure The maximum cold inflated pressure to which a tire may be inflated, shown on the sidewall of the tire Recommended inflation pressure Cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a manufacturer Accessory weight The combined weight (in excess of those standard items which may be replaced) of automatic transmission, power steering, power brakes, power windows, power seats, radio and heater, to the extent that these items are available as factory-installed equipment (whether installed or not) Curb weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment, including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, and if so equipped, air conditioning and additional weight optional engine Maximum loaded vehicle weight The sum of: (a) Curb weight (b) Accessory weight (c) Vehicle capacity weight (d) Production options weight I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 485 6 Vehicle specifications Tire related term Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 486 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications Tire related term Meaning Normal occupant weight 150 lb. (68 kg) times the number of occupants specified in the second column of Table 1* that follows Occupant distribution Distribution of occupants in a vehicle as specified in the third column of Table 1* below Production options weight The combined weight of installed regular production options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the standard items which they replace, not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim Rim A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated Rim diameter (Wheel diameter) Nominal diameter of the bead seat Rim size designation Rim diameter and width Rim type designation The industry manufacturer's designation for a rim by style or code Rim width Nominal distance between rim flanges Vehicle capacity weight (Total load capacity) The rated cargo and luggage load plus 150 lb. (68 kg) times the vehicle's designated seating capacity Vehicle maximum load on the tire The load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight, and dividing by two Vehicle normal load on the tire The load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight (distributed in accordance with Table 1* below), and dividing by two 486 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 487 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications Tire related term Meaning The surface area of the rim not covered by the inflated tire Bead The part of the tire that is made of steel wires, wrapped or reinforced by ply cords and that is shaped to fit the rim Bead separation A breakdown of the bond between components in the bead Bias ply tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at alternate angles substantially less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Carcass The tire structure, except tread and sidewall rubber which, when inflated, bears the load Chunking The breaking away of pieces of the tread or sidewall Cord The strands forming the plies in the tire Cord separation The parting of cords from adjacent rubber compounds Cracking Any parting within the tread, sidewall, or innerliner of the tire extending to cord material CT A pneumatic tire with an inverted flange tire and rim system in which the rim is designed with rim flanges pointed radially inward and the tire is designed to fit on the underside of the rim in a manner that encloses the rim flanges inside the air cavity of the tire Extra load tire A tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressures than the corresponding standard tire Groove The space between two adjacent tread ribs Innerliner The layer(s) forming the inside surface of a tubeless tire that contains the inflating medium within the tire I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 487 6 Vehicle specifications Weather side Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 488 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications Tire related term Meaning Innerliner separation The parting of the innerliner from cord material in the carcass Intended outboard sidewall (a) The sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering, or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or (b) The outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Light truck (LT) tire A tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles Load rating The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure Maximum load rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum permissible inflation pressure The maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated Measuring rim The rim on which a tire is fitted for physical dimension requirements Open splice Any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall, or innerliner that extends to cord material Outer diameter The overall diameter of an inflated new tire Overall width The linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire, including elevations due to labeling, decorations, or protective bands or ribs Passenger car tire A tire intended for use on passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks, that have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,000 lb. or less. 488 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 489 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications Tire related term Meaning Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords Ply separation A parting of rubber compound between adjacent plies Pneumatic tire A mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other materials, that, when mounted on an automotive wheel, provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load Radial ply tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at substantially 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Reinforced tire A tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressures than the corresponding standard tire Section width The linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire, excluding elevations due to labeling, decoration, or protective bands Sidewall That portion of a tire between the tread and bead Sidewall separation The parting of the rubber compound from the cord material in the sidewall is marked with an Alpine Symbol ( least one sidewall Test rim The rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and may be any rim listed as appropriate for use with that tire I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U ) on at 489 6 Vehicle specifications Snow tire A tire that attains a traction index equal to or greater than 110, compared to the ASTM E-1136 Standard Reference Test Tire, when using the snow traction test as described in ASTM F-1805-00, Standard Test Method for Single Wheel Driving Traction in a Straight Line on Snow-and Ice-Covered Surfaces, and which Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 490 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-1. Specifications Tire related term Meaning Tread That portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Tread rib A tread section running circumferentially around a tire Tread separation Pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass Treadwear indicators (TWI) The projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread Wheel-holding fixture The fixture used to hold the wheel and tire assembly securely during testing *:Table 1 ⎯ Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for various designated seating capacities Designated seating capacity, Number of occupants Vehicle normal load, Number of occupants Occupant distribution in a normally loaded vehicle 2 through 4 2 2 in front 5 through 10 3 2 in front, 1 in second seat 11 through 15 5 2 in front, 1 in second seat, 1 in third seat, 1 in fourth seat 16 through 20 7 2 in front, 2 in second seat, 2 in third seat, 1 in fourth seat 490 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 491 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-2. Customization Customizable features Your vehicle includes a variety of electronic features that can be personalized to your preferences. Programming these preferences requires specialized equipment and may be performed by your Toyota dealer. Some function settings are changed simultaneously with other functions being customized. Contact your Toyota dealer. Item Smart key system (if equipped) (→P. 26) Default setting Customized setting Smart key system On Off Operation signal (Emergency flashers) On Off Operation signal (Buzzer) On Off Wireless remote control On Off Driver's door unlocked in one step, all doors unlocked in two steps All doors unlocked in one step On Off Function Unlocking operation Time elapsed before automatic door lock function is activated if door is not opened after being unlocked RAV4_U 30 seconds 60 seconds 120 seconds Operation signal (Emergency flashers) On Off Door lock buzzer On Off I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: 6 491 Vehicle specifications Wireless remote control (→P. 38) Automatic door lock function to be activated if door is not opened after being unlocked Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 492 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-2. Customization Item Wireless remote control (→P. 38) Door lock (→P. 42, 455) Automatic light control system (→P. 165) Lights (→P. 165) Illumination (→P. 300) 492 RAV4_U Default setting Customized setting Operation signal (Buzzer) On Off Panic function On Off Unlocking using a key Driver's door unlocked in one step, all doors unlocked in two steps All doors unlocked in one step Light sensor sensitivity Level 3 Level 1 to 5 Function Time elapsed before headlights automatically turn off after doors are closed 0 second 30 seconds 60 seconds 90 seconds Daytime running light system (U.S.A. only) On Time elapsed before lights turn off 15 seconds Operation when the doors are unlocked On Off Vehicles with smart key system: Operation after the “ENGINE START STOP” switch is turned OFF Vehicles without smart key system: Operation after the engine switch is turned to the “LOCK” position On Off Front foot lights On Off I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Off 7.5 seconds 30 seconds Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 493 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-2. Customization Item Seat belt reminder (→P. 425) Function Vehicle speed linked seat belt reminder buzzer Default setting Customized setting On Off 6 Vehicle specifications I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 493 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 494 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM 6-3. Initialization Items to initialize The following items must be initialized for normal system operation in cases such as after the battery is reconnected, or maintenance is performed on the vehicle. Item When to initialize Reference Power window After reconnecting or changing the battery P. 82 Moon roof (if equipped) After reconnecting or changing the battery P. 85 Engine oil maintenance data (U.S.A. only) After changing engine oil P. 425 494 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 496 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll-free: 1-800-331-4331). If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave, S.E., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov. 496 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 497 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Seat belt instructions for Canadian owners (in French) The following is a French explanation of seat belt instructions extracted from the seat belt section in this manual. See the seat belt section for more detailed seat belt instructions in English. Utilisation correcte des ceintures de sécurité ● Tendez la sangle diagonale de sorte qu'elle couvre complètement l'épaule, sans entrer en contact avec le cou ou glisser de l'épaule. ● Placez la sangle abdominale le plus bas possible sur les hanches. ● Réglez la position du dossier de siège. Asseyez-vous le dos le plus droit possible et calezvous bien dans le siège. ● Ne vrillez pas la ceinture de sécurité. 7 For owners I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 497 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 498 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM ATTENTION ■ Lorsque vous utilisez la ceinture de sécurité du siège central de la deuxième rangée N'utilisez pas la ceinture de sécurité du siège central de deuxième rangée si l'une des 2 boucles est déverrouillée. Si une seule des boucles est verrouillée, ceci peut entraîner des blessures graves, voire mortelles en cas de freinage brusque ou de collision. Entretien et soin ■ Ceintures de sécurité Nettoyez avec un chiffon ou une éponge humectée d'eau savonneuse tiède. Profitez de l'occasion pour vérifier régulièrement que les ceintures ne sont pas effilochées, entaillées, ou ne paraissent pas exagérément usées. ATTENTION ■ Détérioration et usure des ceintures de sécurité Inspectez les ceintures de sécurité périodiquement. Contrôlez qu'elles ne sont pas entaillées, effilochées, et que leurs ancrages ne sont pas desserrés. N'utilisez pas une ceinture de sécurité défectueuse avant qu'elle ne soit remplacée. Une ceinture de sécurité défectueuse n'apporte aucune garantie de protection de l'occupant en cas d'accident. 498 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 502 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Alphabetical index Alphabetical index A A/C.....................................220, 225 ABS ...........................................180 Active head restraints ...............53 Air conditioning filter...............382 Air conditioning system Air conditioning filter..............382 Automatic air conditioning system ............225 Manual air conditioning system ................................220 Airbags Airbag operating conditions............................100 Airbag precautions for your child ....................................104 Airbag warning light...............423 Curtain shield airbag operating conditions............................100 Curtain shield airbag precautions .........................104 Front passenger occupant classification system ...........110 General airbag precautions .........................104 Locations of airbags ................97 Modification and disposal of airbags ................................109 502 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Proper driving posture..........................95, 104 Side airbag operating conditions ........................... 100 Side airbag precautions ........ 104 SRS airbags............................97 Antenna .................................... 242 Anti-lock brake system ........... 180 Armrest ..................................... 320 Audio input............................... 262 Audio system Antenna................................. 242 Audio input ............................ 262 AUX adapter ......................... 262 CD player/changer ................ 245 MP3/WMA disc ..................... 252 Optimal use........................... 259 Portable music player ........... 262 Radio..................................... 239 Steering wheel audio switch.................................. 263 Type ...................................... 236 Automatic air conditioning system ............. 225 Automatic light control system .................................... 165 Automatic transmission.......... 150 AUX adapter ............................. 262 Auxiliary box ........................... 311 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 503 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Alphabetical index B Back-up lights C Care Replacing light bulbs ............ 400 Wattage ................................ 476 Back door Back door ............................... 46 Wireless remote control.......... 38 Smart key system................... 26 Battery Checking .............................. 363 If the vehicle has a discharged battery ............. 457 Preparing and checking before winter ................................. 206 Bluetooth® ............................... 270 Bottle holder ............................ 309 Brakes Fluid...................................... 361 Parking brake ....................... 154 I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U Exterior..................................332 Interior ...................................335 Seat belts ..............................336 Cargo capacity .........................204 Cargo hooks .............................323 CD changer...............................245 CD player ..................................245 Chains .......................................206 Child restraint system Booster seats, definition........116 Booster seats, installation .....120 Convertible seats, definition .............................116 Convertible seats, installation...........................120 Front passenger occupant classification system ...........110 Infant seats, definition ...........116 Infant seats, installation.........120 Installing CRS with LATCH anchors ..................122 Installing CRS with seat belts ....................................124 Installing CRS with a top tether strap..........................127 Child safety Airbag precautions ................104 Battery precautions .......365, 459 Child restraint system............116 Child-protectors.......................44 How your child should wear the seat belt ..........................73 Installing child restraints........120 Moon roof precautions ............87 503 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 504 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Alphabetical index Power window lock switch.......82 Power window precautions .....84 Removed key battery precautions .........................386 Seat belt extender precautions ...........................76 Seat belt precautions ..............74 Seat heater precautions ........318 Child-protectors .........................44 Cleaning Exterior..................................332 Interior ...................................335 Seat belts ..............................336 Clock .........................................314 Condenser ................................361 Console box .............................306 Cooling system Engine overheating ...............460 Cruise control...........................172 Cup holders ..............................308 Curtain shield airbags ...............97 Customizable features.............491 Dinghy towing ..........................218 Display Trip information ..................... 162 Do-it-yourself maintenance .... 344 Door courtesy lights Door courtesy lights .............. 300 Wattage................................. 476 Doors Door glasses ...........................82 Door lock..................... 26, 38, 42 Side mirrors.............................80 Downhill assist control system .................................... 189 Driver's seat belt reminder light......................................... 425 Driving Break-in tips ..........................135 Correct posture .......................95 Procedures............................ 134 Winter driving tips ................. 206 E Electric power steering ........... 180 D Daytime running light system ....................................166 Defogger Rear window .........................233 Side mirrors...........................233 Dimensions...............................466 504 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Electronic key If your electronic key battery is discharged .......... 455 Emergency flasher switch ...... 410 Emergency, in case of If a warning buzzer sounds... ............................ 422 If a warning light turns on........................................ 422 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 505 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Alphabetical index If the electronic key does not operate properly................. 455 If the engine will not start...... 451 If the shift lever cannot be shifted ................................ 453 If the vehicle has a discharged battery ............. 457 If you have a flat tire ............ 434 If you lose your keys............. 454 If you think something is wrong ................................. 418 If your vehicle becomes stuck................................... 463 If your vehicle needs to be towed ................................. 411 If your vehicle overheats ...... 460 Switch................................... 155 Engine Compartment........................ 352 Engine switch ............... 143, 147 Hood..................................... 348 How to start the engine ........................ 143, 147 Identification number ............ 468 If the engine will not start ......451 Ignition switch................143, 147 Overheating...........................460 Engine compartment cover.....354 Engine coolant Capacity ................................472 Checking ...............................360 Preparing and checking before winter .......................206 Engine coolant temperature gauge ......................................156 Engine immobilizer system.......92 Engine oil Capacity ................................470 Checking ...............................355 Preparing and checking before winter .......................206 Engine oil maintenance data .........................................358 Enhanced vehicle stability control ....................................180 Enhanced VSC .........................180 EPS............................................180 Event data recorder .................420 F Floor mat...................................322 Fluid Brake.....................................361 Washer..................................367 I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U 505 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 506 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Alphabetical index Fog lights Replacing light bulbs .............400 Switch....................................168 Wattage.................................476 Front fog lights Replacing light bulbs .............400 Switch....................................168 Wattage.................................476 Front passenger occupant classification system ............110 Front passenger's seat belt reminder light.........................425 Front seats Adjustment ..............................49 Front side marker lights Replacing light bulbs .............400 Switch....................................165 Wattage.................................476 Front turn signal lights Replacing light bulbs .............400 Wattage.................................476 Fuel Capacity ................................470 Fuel gauge ............................156 Fuel pump shut off system ....419 506 RAV4_U Gas station information ......... 516 Information ............................ 477 Refueling.................................88 Type ...................................... 470 Fuel door ....................................88 Fuel filler door............................88 Fuel pump shut off system .....419 Fuses ........................................ 388 G Gas station information .......... 516 Gauges...................................... 156 Glove box ................................. 305 Grocery bag hooks .................. 323 H Hands-free system I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: (for cellular phone)................ 266 Hazard light switch .................. 410 Head restraints Adjusting ................................65 Headlights Replacing light bulbs............. 400 Switch ................................... 165 Wattage................................. 476 Heaters Seat heaters..........................318 Side mirrors........................... 233 Hood.......................................... 348 Hooks Cargo hook ........................... 323 Grocery bag ..........................323 Horn .......................................... 155 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 507 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Alphabetical index I I/M test...................................... 343 Identification Engine .................................. 468 Vehicle.................................. 468 Ignition switch ................. 144, 147 Illuminated entry system ........ 300 Indicator lights ........................ 159 Initialization Items to initialize................... 494 Inside rear view mirror.............. 78 Interior lights Interior lights......................... 300 Switch........................... 302, 301 Wattage ................................ 476 J Jack Positioning a floor jack ......... 350 Vehicle-equipped jack .......... 434 Jack handle.............................. 434 K Keyless entry............................. 38 Keys Electronic key ......................... 24 Engine switch ............... 144, 147 If the electronic key does not operate properly................. 455 If you lose your keys/ wireless remote control transmitter .......................... 454 Ignition switch............... 144, 147 I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U Key number.............................24 Keyless entry...........................38 Keys ........................................24 Mechanical key .......................24 Wireless remote control key ........................................38 L License plate lights Replacing light bulbs .............400 Wattage.................................476 Light bulbs Replacing ..............................400 Wattage.................................476 Lights Door courtesy lights ..............300 Emergency flasher switch .....410 Fog light switch .....................168 Hazard light switch ................410 Headlight switch ....................165 Interior light switch ........301, 302 Luggage compartment light...302 Personal light switch .............301 Replacing light bulbs .............400 Turn signal lever....................153 Vanity lights...........................313 Wattage.................................476 Load capacity ...........................204 Lock steering column......145, 148 Luggage cover .........................325 507 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 508 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Alphabetical index M Maintenance Do-it-yourself maintenance .......................344 General maintenance............340 Maintenance data..................466 Maintenance requirements....338 Manual air conditioning system ....................................220 Meter Instrument panel light control .................................157 Meters ...................................156 Micro dust and pollen filter .....229 Mirrors Inside rear view mirror.............78 Side mirror heaters................233 Side mirrors.............................80 Vanity mirrors ........................313 Moon roof ...................................85 MP3 disc ...................................252 Outside rear view mirrors Adjusting and folding...............80 Outside temperature display .................................... 163 Overhead console.................... 307 Overheating, Engine................ 460 P Parking brake ........................... 154 N Noise from under vehicle ..........18 O Odometer ..................................156 Oil Engine oil ..............................355 Opener Hood......................................348 508 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Parking lights Replacing light bulbs............. 400 Switch ................................... 165 Wattage................................. 476 Personal/interior lights Switch ................................... 301 Wattage................................. 476 Power outlet ............................. 315 Power windows..........................82 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 509 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Alphabetical index R Radiator.................................... 361 Radio ........................................ 239 Rear seat Adjustment ............................. 54 Folding down second seatback............................... 57 Folding down third seatback............................... 59 Rear turn signal lights Replacing light bulbs ............ 400 Wattage ................................ 476 Rear view monitor system...... 175 Rear window defogger............ 233 Rear window wiper.................. 171 Replacing Fuses.................................... 388 Key battery ........................... 384 Light bulbs ............................ 400 Tires ..................................... 434 Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners ........................... 496 S Seat belts Adjusting the seat belt ............ 68 Automatic Locking Retractor .............................. 71 Child restraint system installation .......................... 120 Cleaning and maintaining the seat belts...................... 336 I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U Emergency Locking Retractor ...............................71 How to wear your seat belt......68 How your child should wear the seat belt ..........................73 Pregnant women, proper seat belt use .................................72 Reminder light .......................425 Seat belt extenders .................73 Seat belt pretensioners ...........71 Seat heaters..............................318 Seating capacity.......................204 Seats Adjustment ........................49, 54 Adjustment precaution ......53, 62 Child seats/child restraint system installation ..............120 Cleaning ................................335 Head restraints........................65 Properly sitting in the seat.......95 Seat heaters..........................318 Service reminder indicators ..............................159 Shift lever Automatic transmission .........150 If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P.................453 Shift lock system .....................453 Side airbags................................97 509 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 510 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Alphabetical index Side marker lights Replacing ..............................400 Switch....................................165 Wattage.................................476 Side mirrors Adjusting and folding...............80 Smart key system Entry function ..........................26 Starting the engine ................143 Spare tire Inflation pressure...................475 Storage location ....................434 Spark plug ................................472 Specifications...........................466 Speech command switch ........271 Speedometer ............................156 Steering Column lock release......145, 148 Steering wheel Adjustment ..............................77 Audio switches ......................263 Stop lights Replacing light bulbs .............400 Wattage.................................476 Storage feature.........................304 Storage precautions ................201 Stuck If your vehicle becomes stuck ...................................463 510 RAV4_U Sun visors ................................ 312 Switch Emergency flasher switch .....410 Engine switch................ 144, 147 Fog light switch ..................... 168 Hazard light switch................ 410 Ignition switch ............... 144, 147 Light switches ....................... 165 Power door lock switch ...........43 Power window switches ..........82 Window lock switch.................82 Wiper and washer switch.......................... 169, 171 T Tachometer .............................. 156 I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Tail lights Replacing light bulbs............. 400 Switch ................................... 165 Wattage................................. 476 Talk switch ............................... 271 Telephone switch..................... 271 Theft deterrent system Engine immobilizer system .....92 Theft prevention labels .............94 Tire inflation pressure ............. 375 Tire information Glossary................................ 485 Size ....................................... 482 Tire identification number...... 481 Uniform tire quality grading................................ 483 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 511 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Alphabetical index Tires Chains .................................. 206 Checking .............................. 368 If you have a flat tire ............. 434 Inflation pressure.................. 375 Information ........................... 480 Replacing ............................. 434 Rotating tires ........................ 368 Size ...................................... 475 Snow tires............................. 206 Tire pressure warning system........................ 368, 425 Tools......................................... 434 Total load capacity.................. 204 Towing Dinghy towing....................... 218 Emergency towing................ 411 Trailer towing........................ 210 Traction control....................... 180 TRAC ........................................ 180 Trip information....................... 162 Trip meter................................. 156 Turn signal lights Replacing light bulbs ............ 400 Switch................................... 153 Wattage ................................ 476 V Valet key .....................................24 Vanity lights Vanity lights...........................313 Wattage.................................476 Vanity mirrors...........................313 Vehicle identification number ...................................468 W Warning buzzers U Utility vehicle ........................... 193 I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U Brake system ........................422 Open door .............................425 Seat belt reminder.................425 Warning lights Active torque control 4WD system ........................423, 425 Anti-lock brake system ..........423 Automatic transmission fluid temperature ........................425 Brake assist system ..............423 Brake system ........................422 Charging system ...................423 Electric power steering system ................................423 Engine oil pressure ...............423 Low fuel level ........................425 Low washer fluid ...................425 Malfunction indicator lamp ....423 Open door .............................425 Pretensioners ........................423 Seat belt reminder light .........425 SRS airbags ..........................423 Tire pressure warning light....425 511 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 512 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM Alphabetical index Washer Checking ...............................367 Preparing and checking before winter .......................206 Switch............................169, 171 Washing and waxing ...............332 Weight Cargo capacity ......................198 Load limits .............................204 Weight ...................................466 Wheels ......................................380 Window glasses ........................82 Window lock switch...................82 Windows Power windows .......................82 Rear window defogger ..........233 Washer..........................169, 171 Windshield wiper de-icer.........235 Windshield wipers ...................169 Wireless remote control key Replacing the battery ............384 Wireless remote control key....38 WMA disc..................................252 512 RAV4_U I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 513 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM What to do if... What to do if... A tire punctures P. 434 If you have a flat tire P. 451 If the engine will not start The engine does not start P. 92 Engine immobilizer system P. 457 If the battery is discharged The shift lever cannot be moved out P. 453 If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P The engine coolant temperature gauge enters the red zone P. 460 If your vehicle overheats Steam can be seen coming from under the hood The key is lost P. 454 I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U If you lose your keys/ wireless remote control transmitter 513 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 514 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM What to do if... The battery runs out The doors cannot be locked P. 457 If the battery is discharged P. 42 Side doors P. 46 Back door The vehicle is stuck in mud or sand P. 463 If the vehicle becomes stuck A warning light or indicator light comes on P. 422 514 RAV4_U If a warning light turns on or a warning buzzer sounds... I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 515 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM What to do if... nWarning lights Brake system warning light Electric power steering warning light P. 423 P. 422 Active torque control 4WD sysP. 423 tem warning light or Charging system warnP. 423 ing light Low fuel level warning light P. 425 Low engine oil pressure P. 423 warning light Driver’s seat belt reminder light P. 425 Malfunction indicator lamp Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light P. 425 or P. 423 SRS warning light P. 423 Open door warning light P. 425 ABS warning light Engine oil replacement reminder light P. 425 Low washer fluid warning light P. 425 Automatic transmission fluid temperature warning light P. 425 Tire pressure warning light P. 425 or P. 423 I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: RAV4_U Smart key system warning light P. 427 515 Rav4_U_42759U.book Page 516 Thursday, May 14, 2009 7:19 AM GAS STATION INFORMATION Auxiliary catch lever P. 348 Hood release lever P. 348 Fuel filler door P. 88 Fuel filler door opener P. 88 Tire inflation pressure P. 475 Fuel tank capacity (Reference) 15.9 gal. (60 L, 13.2 lmp.gal.) Unleaded gasoline with an Octane Rating Fuel type of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) Cold tire inflation pressure P. 475 Engine oil capacity Drain and refill (Reference) P. 470 Engine oil type 516 RAV4_U Toyota Genuine Motor Oil or equivalent Oil grade: P. 470 ILSAC multigrade engine oil Recommended oil viscosity: SAE 5W-20 or 0W-20 (2.5 L 4-cylinder [2AR-FE] engine) SAE 5W-30 (3.5 L V6 [2GR-FE] engine) I nf or mat i onPr ovi dedby: